WO2023050436A1 - 信息反馈方法以及装置 - Google Patents

信息反馈方法以及装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023050436A1
WO2023050436A1 PCT/CN2021/122477 CN2021122477W WO2023050436A1 WO 2023050436 A1 WO2023050436 A1 WO 2023050436A1 CN 2021122477 W CN2021122477 W CN 2021122477W WO 2023050436 A1 WO2023050436 A1 WO 2023050436A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdsch
dci
harq
harq feedback
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/122477
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
蒋琴艳
王昕�
张磊
Original Assignee
富士通株式会社
蒋琴艳
王昕�
张磊
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士通株式会社, 蒋琴艳, 王昕�, 张磊 filed Critical 富士通株式会社
Priority to PCT/CN2021/122477 priority Critical patent/WO2023050436A1/zh
Priority to CN202180102845.XA priority patent/CN118057969A/zh
Publication of WO2023050436A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023050436A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path

Definitions

  • the embodiment of the present application relates to the technical field of communication.
  • a Physical Downlink Shared Channel is a type of physical downlink channel in a wireless communication system and is used to carry downlink data.
  • the PDSCH may be scheduled through downlink control information (DCI).
  • the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH includes at least information indicating the resources of the PDSCH.
  • DCI formats formats for scheduling PDSCH are defined, such as DCI format 1_0, DCI format 1_1, DCI format 1_2, and the specific DCIs of different DCI formats include The information and/or size are different to meet different scheduling needs.
  • Non-Terrestrial Networks is a topic being discussed by the International Standardization Organization 3GPP.
  • NTN Non-Terrestrial Networks
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest
  • 3GPP is discussing how to extend the NR system to 71GHz.
  • PDDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • PDDCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • embodiments of the present application provide an information feedback method and device.
  • an information feedback device which is applied to a terminal device, and the device includes:
  • a first receiving unit which receives at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least one
  • the corresponding HARQ process is a feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • a first sending unit which sends HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs.
  • an information feedback device which is applied to a terminal device, and the device includes:
  • the second receiving unit receives fourth downlink control information (DCI), where the fourth DCI includes accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a first determining unit configured to determine HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information.
  • an information feedback device which is applied to a terminal device, and the device includes:
  • a fourth receiving unit which receives DCI for scheduling PDSCH
  • the third determining unit is configured to determine the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling;
  • the second sending unit is configured to send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI at the determined time domain position.
  • the HARQ feedback information can be sent or not sent under the condition of supporting the HARQ feedback enable/disable HARQ mechanism; therefore, the uplink control signaling overhead can be reduced, and at the same time, the network equipment does not need Waiting for the terminal device to report the HARQ feedback information, the new data can be sent, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
  • HARQ feedback information can be sent or not sent while simultaneously supporting the HARQ mechanism of enabling/disabling HARQ feedback and the scheduling method of scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI; therefore, It can not only reduce the number of PDCCH monitoring of the terminal equipment to reduce the complexity and power consumption of the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH, but also reduce the resource overhead for sending downlink control signaling (DCI) to improve data throughput; on the other hand , can reduce uplink control signaling overhead, and at the same time, the network device can send new data without waiting for the terminal device to report HARQ feedback information, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
  • DCI downlink control signaling
  • Fig. 1 is the schematic diagram of the communication system of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an information feedback method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an information feedback method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 to Figure 11 are schematic diagrams of DAI counting in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 to FIG. 13 are schematic diagrams of positions of feedback time slots according to embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of an information feedback method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15A to 15C are schematic diagrams of C-TAI and T-DAI of the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of an information feedback method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 19 to 22 are schematic diagrams of an information feedback device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 23 to 25 are schematic diagrams of an information receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 28A to 28D are schematic diagrams of DAI counting in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 29A to 29C are schematic diagrams of DAI counting in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 30A to 30C are schematic diagrams of DAI counting in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 31A to 31C are schematic diagrams of C-TAI and T-DAI of the embodiments of the present application.
  • 32A to 32D are schematic diagrams of C-TAI and T-DAI of the embodiments of the present application.
  • 33A to 33D are schematic diagrams of C-TAI and T-DAI of the embodiments of the present application.
  • 34A to 34B are schematic diagrams of C-TAI and T-DAI of the embodiments of the present application.
  • 35A to 35C are schematic diagrams of C-TAI and T-DAI of the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 36A to FIG. 36D are schematic diagrams of PDSCHs scheduled by DCI in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terms “first”, “second”, etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not indicate the spatial arrangement or time order of these elements, and these elements should not be referred to by these terms restricted.
  • the term “and/or” includes any and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed items.
  • the terms “comprising”, “including”, “having” and the like refer to the presence of stated features, elements, elements or components, but do not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, elements, elements or components.
  • the term “communication network” or “wireless communication network” may refer to a network conforming to any of the following communication standards, such as long-term evolution (LTE), enhanced long-term evolution (LTE-A, LTE-Advanced), broadband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA, High-Speed Packet Access), etc.
  • LTE long-term evolution
  • LTE-A enhanced long-term evolution
  • LTE-A LTE-Advanced
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • High-Speed Packet Access High-Speed Packet Access
  • HSPA High-Speed Packet Access
  • the communication between devices in the communication system can be carried out according to any stage of communication protocols, such as but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and 5G , New Radio (NR, New Radio), etc., and/or other communication protocols that are currently known or will be developed in the future.
  • Network device refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services for the terminal device.
  • Network equipment may include but not limited to the following equipment: base station (BS, Base Station), access point (AP, Access Point), transmission and reception point (TRP, Transmission Reception Point), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME, Mobile Management Entity), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC, Radio Network Controller), base station controller (BSC, Base Station Controller) and so on.
  • the base station may include but not limited to: Node B (NodeB or NB), evolved Node B (eNodeB or eNB), and 5G base station (gNB), etc., and may also include Remote Radio Head (RRH, Remote Radio Head) , Remote Radio Unit (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relay (relay) or low-power nodes (such as femeto, pico, etc.).
  • Node B Node B
  • eNodeB or eNB evolved Node B
  • gNB 5G base station
  • RRH Remote Radio Head
  • RRU Remote Radio Unit
  • relay relay
  • low-power nodes such as femeto, pico, etc.
  • base station may include some or all of their functions, each base station may provide communication coverage for a particular geographic area.
  • the term "cell” can refer to a base station and/or its coverage area depending on the context in which the term is used.
  • the term "User Equipment” (UE, User Equipment) or “terminal equipment” (TE, Terminal Equipment or Terminal Device), for example, refers to a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services.
  • a terminal device may be fixed or mobile, and may also be called a mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), a terminal, a subscriber station (SS, Subscriber Station), an access terminal (AT, Access Terminal), a station, etc.
  • the terminal equipment may include but not limited to the following equipment: Cellular Phone (Cellular Phone), Personal Digital Assistant (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modem, wireless communication equipment, handheld equipment, machine-type communication equipment, laptop computer, Cordless phones, wearables, smartphones, smart watches, digital cameras, and more.
  • Cellular Phone Cellular Phone
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • wireless modem wireless communication equipment
  • handheld equipment machine-type communication equipment
  • laptop computer Cordless phones
  • wearables smartphones
  • smart watches digital cameras, and more.
  • the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measurement, such as but not limited to: a machine type communication (MTC, Machine Type Communication) terminal, Vehicle communication terminals, industrial wireless equipment, surveillance cameras, device-to-device (D2D, Device to Device) terminals, machine-to-machine (M2M, Machine to Machine) terminals, etc.
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • Vehicle communication terminals such as but not limited to: a machine type communication (MTC, Machine Type Communication) terminal, Vehicle communication terminals, industrial wireless equipment, surveillance cameras, device-to-device (D2D, Device to Device) terminals, machine-to-machine (M2M, Machine to Machine) terminals, etc.
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • network side refers to a side of the network, which may be a certain base station or a certain core network device, and may also include one or more of the above network devices.
  • user side or “terminal side” or “terminal device side” refers to a side of a user or a terminal, which may be a certain UE, or may include one or more terminal devices as above.
  • device may refer to network devices or terminal devices.
  • uplink control signal and “uplink control information (UCI, Uplink Control Information)” or “physical uplink control channel (PUCCH, Physical Uplink Control Channel)” can be used interchangeably without causing confusion.
  • uplink data signal and “uplink data information” or “Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH, Physical Uplink Shared Channel)” can be interchanged, and “received (of)” and “detected (of)” indicate success Receiving can be interchanged; “receiving” and “detecting” indicate the action being performed, without emphasizing whether it is successfully received, and can be interchanged, but in some cases they can also indicate the result of receiving.
  • downlink control signal and “downlink control information (DCI, Downlink Control Information)” or “physical downlink control channel (PDCCH, Physical Downlink Control Channel)” are interchangeable, and the terms “downlink data signal” and “downlink data information” Or “Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH, Physical Downlink Shared Channel)” can be interchanged.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • sending or receiving PUSCH can be understood as sending or receiving uplink data carried by PUSCH
  • sending or receiving PUCCH can be understood as sending or receiving uplink information (e.g.UCI) carried by PUCCH
  • sending or receiving PRACH can be understood as sending or receiving The preamble carried by PRACH
  • sending or receiving PDSCH can be understood as sending or receiving downlink data carried by PDSCH
  • sending or receiving PDCCH can be understood as sending or receiving downlink information (e.g.DCI) carried by PDCCH.
  • DCI downlink information
  • the high-level signaling may be, for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling;
  • the RRC signaling includes, for example, an RRC message (RRC message), such as including a master information block (MIB), system information (system information), A dedicated RRC message; or an RRC information element (RRC information element, RRC IE); or an RRC message or an information field included in an RRC information element (or an information field included in an information field).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the high-level signaling may also be medium access control layer (Medium Access Control, MAC) signaling; or called MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE). But the present application is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application, schematically illustrating a case where a terminal device and a network device are taken as examples.
  • a communication system 100 may include a network device 101 and terminal devices 102 and 103.
  • FIG. 1 only uses two terminal devices and one network device as an example for illustration, but this embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • mMTC massive Machine Type Communication
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliable and Low -Latency Communication
  • URLLC Ultra-Reliable and Low -Latency Communication
  • Fig. 1 shows that both terminal devices 102 and 103 are within the coverage of the network device 101, but the present application is not limited thereto. Neither of the two terminal devices 102 and 103 may be within the coverage of the network device 101 , or one terminal device 102 may be within the coverage of the network device 101 while the other terminal device 103 is outside the coverage of the network device 101 .
  • the transport blocks carried by different PDSCHs are the same or different. Therefore, “multiple PDSCHs" or “at least two PDSCHs” hereinafter may refer to different PDSCHs carrying the same or different transport blocks. More specifically, transport blocks carried by different PDSCHs may correspond to the same or different HARQ processes, where different HARQ processes have different HARQ process identifiers.
  • the PDSCH Time Domain Resource Allocation (TDRA) table (or simply called TDRA table) includes at least one row, and below, for convenience of description, a row is called a PDSCH TDRA configuration (or called TDRA configuration for short), i.e. PDSCH
  • the TDRA table includes at least one PDSCH TDRA configuration.
  • a PDSCH TDRA configuration includes at least one PDSCH time domain resource configuration (or simply referred to as time domain resource configuration), and the PDSCH time domain resource configuration includes at least the symbol position (start symbol + length) configuration in the time slot; in addition, a PDSCH TDRA
  • the configuration can also include at least one time slot offset K0 configuration, the K0 represents the time slot offset of PDSCH and PDCCH, and the K0 configuration is included in the PDSCH time domain resource configuration or not included in the PDSCH time domain resource configuration; the PDSCH TDRA
  • the configuration may also include other information (for example, mapping type, mapping type), and the other information is included in the PDSCH time domain resource configuration or not included in the PDSCH time domain resource configuration, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the symbol position configuration in the time slot includes, for example, a start and length indicator SLIV, which corresponds to a valid combination (valid combination) of a start symbol (S) and a length (L), or, for example, corresponds to a start symbol Starting symbol configuration and length configuration, the starting symbol configuration and length configuration are valid combinations.
  • Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest is a technology that combines Forward Error Correction (FEC) and Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ).
  • FEC enables the receiving end to correct some errors by adding redundant information, thereby reducing the number of retransmissions.
  • the receiving end will request the sending end to resend data through the ARQ mechanism.
  • the receiving end uses an error detection code, usually a cyclic redundancy check (Cyclic Redundancy Check, CRC), to detect whether the received data packet has an error. If there is no error, the receiving end will send a positive acknowledgment (ACK) to the sending end, and the sending end will send the next data packet after receiving the ACK. If an error occurs, the receiving end will discard the data packet and send a negative acknowledgment (NACK) to the sending end. After receiving the NACK, the sending end will resend the same data.
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • HARQ-ACK feedback is required for one or more PDSCHs (all or part) scheduled by DCI.
  • a terminal device can generate a HARQ-ACK codebook, which includes a semi-static codebook (Type- 1HARQ-ACK codebook) and dynamic codebook (Type-2HARQ-ACK codebook).
  • the terminal adopts Type-1HARQ-ACK codebook or Type-2HARQ-ACK codebook according to RRC signaling configuration.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an information feedback method, which is described from a terminal device side.
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of the information feedback method of the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 2, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least one corresponding
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the HARQ process is a feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs.
  • the terminal device receives downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling one or more PDSCHs.
  • the DCI may (can) schedule multiple PDSCHs, but may actually schedule one PDSCH or multiple PDSCHs.
  • the multiple PDSCHs may be multiple PDSCHs scheduled in the time domain or multiple PDSCHs scheduled in the frequency domain, or multiple PDSCHs in the time domain and the frequency domain.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI supports scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the DCI and PDSCH are sent on the same carrier (cell) or different carriers (cells), that is, the PDSCH can be scheduled by DCI on the same carrier (cell), or by DCI scheduling on different carriers (cells).
  • the DCI and PDSCH are in different carriers (cells) they are scheduled according to the configuration (e.g. number of HARQ processes, HARQ feedback enable/disable configuration, PDSCH time domain resource allocation table configuration, etc.) corresponding to the scheduled carrier (cell) The PDSCH.
  • Figure 36A is a schematic diagram of DCI and scheduled PDSCH in the same BWP of the same carrier (carrier)/cell, as shown in Figure 14, (a) corresponds to scheduling one PDSCH (there is no limit to whether DCI can only schedule one or multiple, b) Corresponding to scheduling multiple PDSCHs in the time domain, PDSCHs are indexed in the order of the time domain, c) corresponding to scheduling multiple PDSCHs in the frequency domain, PDSCHs are indexed in the order of the frequency domain, d) corresponding to scheduling multiple time domains and frequency domains, PDSCHs are indexed according to the first frequency The time domain sequence index after the domain, e) corresponds to multiple scheduling in the time domain and the frequency domain, and the PDSCH is indexed in the order of the first time domain and then the frequency domain.
  • Figure 36B is a schematic diagram of different BWPs of DCI and scheduled PDSCH in the same carrier/cell, as shown in Figure 15, (a) corresponds to scheduling one PDSCH (does not limit whether DCI can only schedule one or multiple, b) corresponds to the time domain Multiple PDSCHs are scheduled on the Internet, and the PDSCHs are indexed in the order of the time domain. c) Multiple PDSCHs are scheduled on the corresponding frequency domain, and the PDSCHs are indexed in the order of the frequency domain. d) Multiples are scheduled on the corresponding time domain and the frequency domain. The domain sequence index, e) corresponds to multiple scheduling in the time domain and the frequency domain, and the PDSCH is indexed in the order of the time domain first and then the frequency domain.
  • Figure 36C is a schematic diagram of DCI and scheduled PDSCH in different carriers/cells (cross-carrier scheduling).
  • PDSCHs are indexed in the order of the time domain
  • c) corresponding to scheduling multiple PDSCHs in the frequency domain
  • PDSCHs are indexed in the order of the frequency domain
  • d) corresponding to scheduling multiple time domains and frequency domains
  • PDSCHs are indexed according to the first frequency
  • the time domain sequence index after the domain e) corresponds to multiple scheduling in the time domain and the frequency domain
  • the PDSCH is indexed in the order of the first time domain and then the frequency domain.
  • Figure 36D is a schematic diagram of DCI scheduling multiple PDSCHs, as shown in Figure 17, a) corresponds to two PDSCHs with different scheduling time domains, the two PDSCHs are on different BWPs of different carriers/cells, and are on the same BWP of the same carrier/cell Only one PDSCH is scheduled on the network, and the PDSCH is indexed according to the order of the time domain. b) Two PDSCHs with different frequency domains are correspondingly scheduled.
  • the two PDSCHs are on different BWPs of different carriers/cells, and only one PDSCH, PDSCH is indexed according to the frequency domain sequence, c) corresponding to scheduling 4 PDSCHs, two PDSCHs are scheduled on different BWPs of different carriers/cells, two PDSCHs are scheduled on the same BWP of the same carrier/cell, and PDSCHs are scheduled according to the first frequency Time domain sequence index after domain, d) Corresponding to scheduling 4 PDSCHs, two PDSCHs are scheduled on different BWPs of different carriers/cells, two PDSCHs are scheduled on the same BWP of the same carrier/cell, PDSCHs are scheduled first in the time domain and then Frequency-domain order index. In the following, it will be described by taking DCI that can schedule multiple PDSCHs in the time domain as an example.
  • multiple PDSCHs can be scheduled in the time domain, and the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI supports scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation configuration will be further described below.
  • the PDSCH TDRA table for supporting scheduling of multiple PDSCHs through one DCI includes at least one PDSCH TDRA configuration for supporting scheduling of multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • the table may include or not include the PDSCH TDRA configuration for supporting scheduling of a PDSCH through a DCI.
  • the PDSCH TDRA table includes at least one (M) PDSCH TDRA configuration (at least one row), at least one (P) of the M PDSCH TDRA configurations is used to support the PDSCH TDRA configuration for scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, It includes M-P PDSCH TDRA configurations used to support scheduling a PDSCH through a DCI.
  • M is greater than or equal to P
  • both M and P are integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • a PDSCH TDRA configuration for supporting scheduling of multiple PDSCHs via one DCI includes at least two PDSCH time domain resource configurations (eg at least two SLIVs, each SLIV corresponding to a PDSCH).
  • the PDSCH TDRA configuration for supporting scheduling of one PDSCH via one DCI includes only one PDSCH time domain resource configuration.
  • the method may further include: (not shown) the terminal device may determine a PDSCH time domain resource allocation table for each DCI application according to the first list, thereby determining the first allocation table, and the first list
  • One column corresponds to the first indication information (e.g.pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH) configured to support the PDSCH TDRA table for scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • the first indication information is included in PDSCH-Config, for example. That is, the terminal device determines the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table for each DCI application from the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation (TDRA) table that is predefined or configured through high-layer signaling according to the first list.
  • TDRA time-domain resource allocation
  • the first list is used to determine the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table for DCI applications whose format is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, and is not used to determine the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table for DCI applications whose format is DCI format 1_0, such as the format
  • the DCI of DCI format 1_0 can use the second list to determine the PDSCH TDRA table of the DCI application.
  • the content of the second list includes, for example, the existing list for DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1 (Applicable PDSCH time domain resource allocation for DCI formats 1_0 and 1_1) are the same. That is, the PDSCH TDRA table of the DCI application whose format is DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1 is determined based on different lists.
  • the first list further includes a column corresponding to a first indication of a PDSCH TDRA table configured to support scheduling of multiple PDSCHs through one DCI information (e.g.pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH), and the second list does not include the column corresponding to the first indication information of the PDSCH TDRA table configured to support scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • the second list determines the PDSCH TDRA table of the DCI application, the first indication information of the PDSCH TDRA table used to support the scheduling of multiple PDSCHs through one DCI is not considered.
  • the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table cannot be a PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table used to support scheduling multiple PDSCHs through a DCI, and the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table for the DCI application determined based on the first list may be used to support A PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table for scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, and the PDSCH TDRA table applied by the DCI has nothing to do with the wireless network temporary identifier RNTI that scrambles the cyclic redundancy check CRC of the DCI.
  • the RNTI is the cell radio network temporary identifier (Cell-RadioNetworkTemporaryIdentifier, C-RNTI), the coding and modulation scheme C-RNTI (MCS-C-RNTI), and the configuration scheduling RNTI (CS-RNTI)
  • C-RNTI Cell-RadioNetworkTemporaryIdentifier
  • MCS-C-RNTI coding and modulation scheme
  • CS-RNTI configuration scheduling RNTI
  • the TDRA table is the same.
  • the following table 1 is an example table of the first list.
  • the columns PDSCH-ConfigCommon includes pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList in this table 1, and PDSCH-Config includes pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList respectively correspond to the configuration cell-specific and UE-specific for only
  • the second indication information of the PDSCH TDRA table that supports scheduling a PDSCH through a DCI that is, pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PDSCH-ConfigCommon and pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList in PDSCH-Config
  • the specific meaning can refer to the existing technology, and will not be repeated here .
  • the DCI adopts C-RNTI
  • the PDSCH TDRA table used to support scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI is applied when MCS-C-RNTI or CS-RNTI is scrambling.
  • the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, and the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied when the DCI is scrambled with different RNTIs is different.
  • the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table applied when CS-RNTI is used for scrambling is different from the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table applied when non-CS-RNTI (C-RNTI or MCS-C-RNTI) is used for scrambling.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is used to support the PDSCH scheduling of multiple PDSCHs through one DCI Domain resource allocation table; when the DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is not the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table used to support scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, in other words, the When DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI, the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is only the PDSCH TDRA table that supports one PDSCH scheduling through one DCI.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied to the DCI is not the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table configured by the first indication information; when the DCI is scrambled by a non-CS-RNTI (C -RNTI or MCS-C-RNTI) when scrambling, the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table configured by the first indication information, since the DCI used for SPS activation must be activated by the CS- RNTI is scrambled, so even if the first indication information is configured with a PDSCH TDRA table that supports scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, it cannot be used for SPS activation.
  • C -RNTI C -RNTI or MCS-C-RNTI
  • Tables 2-1 and 2-2 are examples of the first list.
  • the difference from Table 1 is that the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied when CS-RNTI scrambling is used is different from that using non-CS-RNTI (C- RNTI or MCS-C-RNTI)
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied when scrambling is different.
  • the first indication information configuration needs to support the PDSCH TDRA table and The PDSCH TDRA table for scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, even when the first indication information is configured to support the PDSCH TDRA table for scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, the DCI whose RNTI is CS-RNTI can be applied to support only The PDSCH TDRA table that schedules a PDSCH through a DCI.
  • the first indication information configuration does not need to support the PDSCH TDRA table that only schedules a PDSCH through a DCI and the PDSCH TDRA table that schedules multiple PDSCHs through a DCI.
  • the RNTI when the first indication information is configured to support the PDSCH TDRA table for scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI and the PDSCH TDRA table for only supporting one PDSCH scheduling through one DCI is not configured through the first indication information, the RNTI is CS - The DCI format 1_1 of RNTI can apply the predefined PDSCH TDRA table.
  • the format of the DCI is DCI format 1_1 or DCI format 1_2, the DCI is used for SPS activation and/or SPS retransmission (the CRC of the DCI is scrambled by the CS-RNTI) PDSCH applied
  • the time domain resource allocation table is different from the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table used for non-SPS activation and/or SPS retransmission (whether the CRC of the DCI is scrambled by CS-RNTI).
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is not used to support the scheduling of multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, in other words, the DCI is used for SPS activation and / or SPS retransmission, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is only a PDSCH TDRA table that supports scheduling a PDSCH through a DCI; when the DCI is used for non-SPS activation and/or SPS retransmission, the DCI application The PDSCH time domain resource allocation table is used to support scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is not the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table configured by the first indication information; when the DCI is used for non-SPS During activation and/or SPS retransmission, the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI is the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table configured by the first RRC signaling.
  • the first indication information is configured to support the PDSCH TDRA table for scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, that is, the value of pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH is YES, and the first indication information Configure the PDSCH TDRA table that does not support scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI, that is, the value of pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH is NO.
  • the first list is used to determine the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table for the DCI application whose format is DCI format 1_1, and may also be used to determine the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table for the DCI application whose format is DCI format 1_0,
  • the table in the preceding example can be regarded as the third table combined with the existing second table as the first table, and is simultaneously used to determine the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table for DCI applications with formats of DCI format 1_1 and DCI format 1_0.
  • the DCI includes a second information domain
  • the second information domain may be a time domain resource assignment domain Time domain resource assignment
  • the first information domain corresponds to the PDSCH TDRA configuration in the PDSCH TDRA table indicating that the DCI applies
  • the index (row index, e.g. the value of the row index is greater than or equal to 1) to indicate the PDSCH time domain resource, in other words, the DCI schedules the PDSCH by indicating the PDSCH TDRA configuration in the PDSCH TDRA table to which it applies.
  • the value m of the second information field of the DCI corresponds to the PDSCH TDRA whose index is m+1 (that is, row m+1) in the PDSCH TDRA table indicating that the DCI is applied configuration.
  • the PDSCH TDRA table is the first indication information configuration
  • the index value corresponding to the m+1th PDSCH TDRA configuration of the first indication information configuration is m+1, that is to say, the index value of the second information field
  • the value is m, it corresponds to the m+1th PDSCH TDRA configuration of the first RRC signaling configuration.
  • the PDSCH TDRA configuration indicated in the DCI is a PDSCH TDRA configuration (including multiple PDSCH time domain resources) for supporting scheduling of multiple PDSCHs through one DCI configuration)
  • the UE may determine the scheduled multiple PDSCHs time domain resources according to the PDSCH time domain resource configurations corresponding to multiple PDSCHs included in the PDSCH TDRA configuration.
  • the DCI may further include a third information field, where the third information field is used to indicate the HARQ process ID, where different scheduled PDSCHs correspond to the same or different HARQ processes, and the terminal device may determine the HARQ process ID according to the DCI.
  • the HARQ process indicated by the DCI and the HARQ process of the scheduled PDSCH are determined.
  • the third information field is, for example, 'HARQ process number'.
  • the DCI explicitly and/or implicitly indicates the HARQ process.
  • the DCI uses the first information domain (explicit), and/or multiplexes other information domains (explicit), and/or uses the time domain and/or frequency domain resources used to transmit the DCI (implicit Formula) indicates the HARQ process.
  • the terminal device may also receive indication information related to HARQ feedback enabling and/or disabling (HARQ-ACK feedback enabling and/or disabling), and the indication information may be through high-layer signaling and/or through physical Layer signaling bearer (indication or configuration), the high-layer signaling includes radio resource control (RRC) signaling and/or medium access control layer control element (MAC CE), etc., the physical layer signaling can be different from operation 201
  • the DCI in operation 202 may also be the DCI in operation 202 .
  • the indication information includes a bitmap and/or first HARQ process indication information and/or second HARQ process indication information and/or enabling/disabling indication information, that is, each information in the above indication information may be controlled by the above one signaling
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the indication information is for one cell or multiple cells.
  • the HARQ feedback enabling and/or disabling configurations of different cells are the same or different.
  • the indication information respectively indicates enabling and/or disabling HARQ feedback for different cells.
  • the indication information may include a bitmap, each bit of the bitmap corresponds to one (or a group) of configured or preconfigured HARQ processes, and the value of each bit indicates the corresponding HARQ process (group) ) is enabled or disabled, that is to say, the bitmap is in one-to-one correspondence with the HARQ process (group), for example, when the value of a bit of the bitmap is 0, the HARQ process (group) is feedback disabled (hereinafter referred to as the first For a HARQ process (group) of a HARQ process), when the value of one bit of the bitmap is 1, the HARQ process (group) is a feedback-enabled HARQ process (group), and vice versa.
  • the HARQ process (group) corresponding to the bitmap may be all HARQ processes (groups) that are predefined or preconfigured or configured through signaling, or may be predefined or preconfigured or configured through signaling Part of the HARQ process (group) in all HARQ processes (groups), the part of the HARQ process (group) may be predefined, or indicated by the first HARQ process indication information further included in the indication information, about the first HARQ process Instructions will be described later.
  • the method may further include: (not shown) the terminal device receives HARQ process (group) configuration information for configuring all the HARQ processes (groups).
  • the indication information may include second HARQ process indication information, where the HARQ process (group) indicated by the second HARQ process indication information is HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled.
  • the correspondence between the second HARQ process indication information and the indicated HARQ process (group) is predefined, for example, the second HARQ process indication information may be an index and/or a starting position length indication (index/SLIV), the The HARQ process (group) corresponding to the index/SLIV value is HARQ feedback enabled, and the other HARQ processes (groups) that do not correspond to the index/SLIV value are HARQ feedback disabled; or, the index/SLIV value corresponds to The HARQ process (group) is disabled by HARQ feedback, and other HARQ processes (groups) that do not correspond to the value of index/SLIV are enabled by HARQ feedback.
  • the second HARQ process indication information may also be indicated in combination with enabling/disabling indication information, where the enabling/disabling indication information is used to indicate whether the HARQ process indicated by the second HARQ process indication information is HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback Disabled.
  • the enabling/disabling indication information may be included in the indication information, or included in the DCI in operation 201, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the enable/disable indication information indicates that it is enabled
  • the HARQ process indicated by the second HARQ process indication information is HARQ feedback enabled
  • the enable/disable indication information indicates that it is disabled
  • the second HARQ process The HARQ process indicated by the indication information is disabled by HARQ feedback.
  • the enable/disable indication information may be 1-bit indication information. When the value of this bit is 0, it indicates that HARQ feedback is disabled, and the value of this bit is 1. When , it indicates that the HARQ feedback is enabled, and vice versa, and no examples are given here.
  • the HARQ processes (groups) with which the second HARQ process indication information has a corresponding relationship may be predefined or preconfigured or all HARQ processes (groups) configured through signaling, or may be predefined or preconfigured Part of the HARQ processes (groups) in all HARQ processes (groups) configured through signaling, the part of the HARQ processes (groups) may be predefined, or indicated by the first HARQ process indication information further included in the indication information , the indication information of the first HARQ process will be described later.
  • the remaining HARQ processes (groups) that have no corresponding relationship with the second HARQ process indication information may be predefined or pre-configured as HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled by default.
  • the method may further include: (not shown) the terminal device receives HARQ process (group) configuration information for configuring all the HARQ processes (groups).
  • the indication information may include first HARQ process indication information, and the HARQ process (group) indicated by the first HARQ process indication information is HARQ-ACK feedback enabled or HARQ-ACK feedback disabled.
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a HARQ process identification (ID), and the HARQ process identification is the maximum value X of the identification of the HARQ process whose HARQ feedback is enabled or HARQ feedback is disabled, that is to say, the HARQ process identification is 0 All HARQ processes in ⁇ X are HARQ processes with HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled; or the HARQ process identifier is the minimum value Y of the identifiers of HARQ processes with HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled, that is to say, the HARQ process All HARQ processes identified as Y ⁇ Z-1 are HARQ processes with HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled.
  • ID HARQ process identification
  • Z can be pre-configured or predefined or the number of HARQ processes configured through signaling.
  • This application implements The example is not limited to this; or the first HARQ process indication information may also be indicated in combination with enable/disable indication information, and the enable/disable indication information is used to indicate the HARQ process indicated by the first HARQ process indication information ( For example, whether the ID is 0-X or Y-Z-1) is HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled.
  • the enabling/disabling indication information may be included in the indication information, or included in the DCI in operation 201, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the enable/disable indication information indicates that it is enabled
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the HARQ process identifier for example, ID is 0 ⁇ X or Y-Z-1 indicated by the first HARQ process indication information
  • the enable/disable indication information indicates that it is disabled
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the HARQ process identifier for example, ID is 0 ⁇ X or Y-Z-1 indicated by the first HARQ process indication information is HARQ feedback disabled
  • the enable/disable The disabled indication information may be 1-bit indication information. When the value of this bit is 0, it indicates that HARQ feedback is disabled. When the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that HARQ feedback is enabled, and vice versa.
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a HARQ process identification (ID), and the first HARQ process indication information is jointly indicated with the aforementioned bitmap or the second HARQ process indication information, for example, the first HARQ process indication information
  • ID HARQ process identification
  • the aforementioned part of the HARQ process may be indicated, for example, indicating the maximum value X or the minimum value of the identification of the part of the HARQ process.
  • the part of the HARQ process is indicated according to each bit of the bitmap Whether each HARQ process of the HARQ process is HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled, or, after determining the HARQ process corresponding to the second HARQ process indication information according to the first HARQ process indication information, determine the corresponding HARQ process
  • the HARQ process is HARQ feedback disabled or HARQ feedback enabled; or, the first HARQ process indication information is jointly indicated with the aforementioned second HARQ process indication information and enable/disable indication information, and according to the first HARQ process indication
  • the enable/disable indication information may be 1-bit indication information. When the value of this bit is 0, it indicates that
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a group of HARQ process identifications (IDs), and the HARQ processes corresponding to the group of HARQ process identifications indicated by the first HARQ process indication information are all HARQ feedback enabled, or all HARQ Feedback is disabled, and other HARQ processes that do not correspond to the group of HARQ process identifiers are HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled by default.
  • IDs HARQ process identifications
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a set of HARQ process identifiers (IDs), and the first HARQ process indication information may be indicated in combination with enabling/disabling indication information, and the enabling/disabling indication information is used to indicate that the first HARQ process indication information
  • a group of HARQ process identifiers indicated by the HARQ process indication information correspond to whether each HARQ process is enabled with HARQ feedback or disabled with HARQ feedback.
  • the enabling/disabling indication information may be included in the indication information, or included in the DCI in operation 201, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the enable/disable indication information indicates that it is enabled
  • the HARQ processes corresponding to a group of HARQ process identifiers indicated by the first HARQ process indication information are all HARQ feedback enabled
  • the enable/disable indication information indicates that When disabled
  • the HARQ processes corresponding to a group of HARQ process identifiers indicated by the second HARQ process indication information are all HARQ feedback disabled
  • the enable/disable indication information can be 1-bit indication information, where the value of this bit is 0 When the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that HARQ feedback is disabled, and when the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that HARQ feedback is enabled, and vice versa, and no examples are given here.
  • the first HARQ process indication information may also be jointly indicated with the aforementioned second HARQ process indication information and enable/disable indication information, for example, the first HARQ process indication information may indicate that the aforementioned second HARQ process indication information has a corresponding The related HARQ process, after determining the HARQ process corresponding to the second HARQ process indication information (the HARQ process corresponding to a group of HARQ process identifiers) according to the first HARQ process indication information, determines according to the enabling/disabling indication information
  • the corresponding HARQ process is HARQ feedback disabled or HARQ feedback enabled.
  • the enable/disable indication information may be 1-bit indication information. When the value of this bit is 0, it indicates that HARQ feedback is disabled; when the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that HARQ feedback is enabled, and vice versa Yes, no more examples here.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to a HARQ process ID means that the HARQ process ID is the HARQ process ID.
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a second offset value offset
  • the second offset value offset may be the offset value of the HARQ process identifier.
  • the HARQ process identifier corresponding to the second offset value is The maximum value X of the identification of the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled or disabled, that is to say, all the HARQ processes in the HARQ process identified as 0 to X are HARQ processes with HARQ feedback enabled or disabled; or, the The HARQ process identifier corresponding to the second offset value is the minimum value Y of the identifier of the HARQ process whose HARQ feedback is enabled or HARQ feedback is disabled, that is to say, the HARQ process identifier corresponding to the second offset value is Y ⁇ Z-1 All the HARQ processes in are HARQ processes with HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled, and this Z can be pre-configured or predefined or the number of HARQ processes configured through signaling, and this embodiment of the present application
  • the enabling/disabling indication information may be included in the indication information, or included in the DCI in operation 201, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first HARQ process indication information indicates that the HARQ process corresponding to the HARQ process identifier (for example, ID 0 ⁇ X or Y-Z-1) corresponding to the second offset value is
  • the HARQ process identifier for example, ID 0 ⁇ X or Y-Z-1 corresponding to the second offset value indicated by the first HARQ process indication information corresponds to
  • the HARQ process is disabled by HARQ feedback, and the enable/disable indication information may be 1-bit indication information. When the value of this bit is 0, it indicates that HARQ feedback is disabled. When the value of this bit is 1, it indicates It is enabled for HARQ feedback, and vice versa, and examples are not given here.
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a second offset value offset
  • the first HARQ process indication information is jointly indicated with the aforementioned bitmap or the second HARQ process indication information, for example, the first HARQ process indication information
  • the aforementioned part of the HARQ process may be indicated by the second offset value, for example, indicating the maximum or minimum value of the identity of the part of the HARQ process (corresponding to the maximum second offset value and the minimum second offset value respectively), according to the second offset value
  • the HARQ process indication information indicate whether each HARQ process of the part of the HARQ process is HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled according to each bit of the bitmap, or, according to the first HARQ process indication
  • the information determines the HARQ process corresponding to the second HARQ process indication information it is determined that the corresponding HARQ process is HARQ feedback disabled or HARQ feedback enabled; or, the first HARQ process indication information and the aforementioned first
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a set of second offset values, and the HARQ process identification corresponding to the set of second offset values indicated by the first HARQ process indication information is all HARQ feedback enabled or all HARQ feedback is disabled, and other HARQ processes not corresponding to the set of second offset values are HARQ feedback enabled or HARQ feedback disabled by default.
  • the first HARQ process indication information may be a group of second offset values, and the first HARQ process indication information may be combined with enable/disable indication information to indicate that the first HARQ process indication information is used to indicate the first Whether each HARQ process corresponding to a set of second offset values indicated by the HARQ process indication information is enabled with HARQ feedback or disabled with HARQ feedback.
  • the enabling/disabling indication information may be included in the indication information, or included in the DCI in operation 201, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the HARQ processes corresponding to a set of second offset values indicated by the first HARQ process indication information are all HARQ feedback enabled, and the enabling/disabling indication information
  • the HARQ processes corresponding to a group of second offset values indicated by the second HARQ process indication information are all HARQ feedback disabled
  • the enable/disable indication information may be 1-bit indication information, in which bit When the value of the bit is 0, it indicates that HARQ feedback is disabled, and when the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that HARQ feedback is enabled, and vice versa, and no examples are given here.
  • the first HARQ process indication information may also be jointly indicated with the aforementioned second HARQ process indication information and enable/disable indication information, for example, the first HARQ process indication information may indicate that the aforementioned second HARQ process indication information has a corresponding The related HARQ process, after determining the HARQ process corresponding to the second HARQ process indication information (the HARQ process corresponding to a group of second offset values) according to the first HARQ process indication information, according to the enabling/disabling indication The information determines whether the corresponding HARQ process is HARQ feedback disabled or HARQ feedback enabled.
  • the enable/disable indication information may be 1-bit indication information. When the value of this bit is 0, it indicates that HARQ feedback is disabled; when the value of this bit is 1, it indicates that HARQ feedback is enabled, and vice versa Yes, no more examples here.
  • each information in the indication information is carried by the upper layer signaling, or when the indication information includes a bit map and/or the first HARQ process indication information and/or the second HARQ process indication information, the indication information is carried by The above-mentioned high-level signaling is carried, and the above-mentioned enabling/disabling indication information is carried by the DCI in operation 201 (for example, the fourth information field carries the enabling/disabling indication information); or, when the enabling/disabling indication information is included in the indication information , the indication information may be carried by the DCI bearer in operation 201, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may determine according to the indication information and the DCI that the HARQ process corresponding to one or more PDSCHs scheduled by the DCI is HARQ feedback disabled or HARQ feedback enabled, for example, according to the indication information and/or Or determine the HARQ process indicated by the DCI by the enabling/disabling indication information carried by the DCI, and determine whether the indicated HARQ process is feedback enabled or disabled, and then determine the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, and then determine the corresponding HARQ process of the scheduled PDSCH Whether the HARQ process is feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least one PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled.
  • the method may further include (not shown): the terminal device receives one or more PDSCHs, for example, the terminal device may receive PDSCHs from time slot n-N+1 to time slot n, in 202 , using uplink resources (PUCCH or PUSCH) on time slot n+k1 to send HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs.
  • the value of k1 may be indicated by the DCI or by high-layer signaling, and the meaning and indication manner of k1 may be determined according to the prior art.
  • the HARQ feedback information is included in the HARQ-ACK codebook. In other words, when multiple DCIs are received, the time domain positions (for example, time slot n+k1) of the HARQ-ACK feedback of the multiple DCIs (or the PDSCHs scheduled by the multiple DCIs) are the same.
  • the HARQ-ACK codebook may be a semi-static codebook.
  • the semi-static codebook includes at least the HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHs, and the following only describes how to determine the HARQ feedback information for the one or more PDSCHs in different scenarios.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI in the embodiment of the present application may refer to the PDSCH (configured PDSCH) corresponding to the PDSCH TDRA configuration indicated by the DCI, or may refer to the PDSCH actually scheduled by the DCI (actual PDSCH).
  • the actual PDSCH may be a configured PDSCH that satisfies a first condition, or the actual PDSCH may be equal to the configured PDSCH.
  • the first condition may be related to the semi-statically configured transmission direction (or in other words information on semi-statically configured transmission direction) and/or configured PRACH resources and/or information for dynamically scheduling uplink transmission and/or information related to dynamically configured transmission direction, for example, the actual PDSCH may not include
  • the semi-statically configured transmission direction is the configured PDSCH of the uplink symbol, or the actual PDSCH may be the configured PDSCH with a corresponding HARQ process, and examples are not given here.
  • DCI-scheduled PDSCH and “DCI-scheduled configured PDSCH”, “DCI-actually-scheduled PDSCH”, “DCI-scheduled timing PDSCH”, “actual The expressions “PDSCH” are interchangeable.
  • the expressions of "HARQ feedback information” and “HARQ-ACK information” can be interchanged.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device does not configure or activate SPS, or regardless of whether the terminal device configures or activates SPS, when the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI includes the second PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-disabled, the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the two PDSCHs is not related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the second PDSCH may be one or more, because the HARQ process corresponding to the second PDSCH is disabled for feedback, that is, the terminal device may not send the HARQ feedback information for the second PDSCH of the HARQ process, which , the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH may be directly set to NACK without considering the actual decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device does not configure or activate SPS, or regardless of whether the terminal device configures or activates SPS, when the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI includes the first PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled, the The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the first PDSCH may be one or more, since the HARQ process corresponding to the first PDSCH is feedback-enabled, that is, the terminal device needs to send HARQ feedback information for the first PDSCH of the HARQ process, at this time , it is necessary to consider the actual decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the decoding When the decoding is successful (reception is successful), set the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as ACK, and when the decoding fails (reception failure), set the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH The feedback information is set to NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH (when the decoding is successful (reception is successful), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK, and when the decoding fails (reception failure), set the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as NACK).
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the SPS PDSCH can be determined using the following formula (1) or (2):
  • HARQ Process ID [floor(CURRENT_slot ⁇ 10/(numberOfSlotsPerFrame ⁇ periodicity))]modulo nrofHARQ-Processes
  • HARQ Process ID [floor(CURRENT_slot ⁇ 10/(numberOfSlotsPerFrame ⁇ periodicity))]modulo nrofHARQ-Processes+harq-ProcID-Offset Formula (2)
  • CURRENT_slot is equal to [(SFN ⁇ numberOfSlotsPerFrame)+slot number in the frame], where numberOfSlotsPerFrame is the number of time slots included in a system frame, nrofHARQ-Processes is the number of HARQ processes, and harq-ProcID-Offset is the HARQ process identifier
  • the offset (for example, the offset relative to the HARQ process ID 0) is included in the SPS configuration information SPS-Config.
  • the HARQ process identifier associated with the start slot of the downlink transmission can be determined by formula (1).
  • the The HARQ process identifier associated with the slot can be determined by formula (2).
  • the HARQ process identifier of the SPS PDSCH is also related to the number of PDSCHs scheduled by the DCI and/or the PDSCH time domain resources in at least two PDSCHs time domain resources scheduled by the DCI The serial number is related, and details can be referred to the prior art, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the SPS PDSCH it is also necessary to determine the HARQ process corresponding to the SPS PDSCH according to whether the HARQ process is feedback enabled or disabled, for example, within the range of 0 ⁇ harq-ProcID-Offset
  • the HARQ processes corresponding to the HARQ process identifiers are all with HARQ feedback enabled, or all of which are disabled with HARQ feedback, and examples will not be given here.
  • the method of determining the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, that is, the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH is ignored, and the corresponding HARQ feedback information of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information is set to NACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, that is, the decoding result of the second PDSCH is ignored, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH and the SPS PDSCH is still set as NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, that is, the SPS PDSCH is successfully decoded (received successfully)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the second PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful) set
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set as ACK, and when the decoding of the second PDSCH fails (reception fails),
  • the different determination methods of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH include: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the first PDSCH
  • the decoding results of the two PDSCHs are irrelevant, that is, the decoding results of the second PDSCH are ignored, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK (even if the second PDSCH is successfully decoded (received successfully), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is still Set to NACK), that is, when the SPS PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to ACK, and when the SPS PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to ACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is always NACK; or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, that is, the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH is ignored, and the HARQ corresponding to the SPS PDSCH
  • the feedback information is set to NACK (even if the SPS PDSCH is successfully decoded (received successfully), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is still set to NACK), and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, That is, when the second PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK, and when the second PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK. is NACK, but the HARQ feedback information
  • the PDSCH whose feedback is enabled corresponding to the HARQ process is called the first PDSCH
  • the PDSCH whose feedback is disabled corresponding to the HARQ process is called the second PDSCH
  • the first PDSCH and/or the second PDSCH can be the above-mentioned configuration
  • the at least one DCI includes a first DCI and/or a second DCI and/or a third DCI
  • the multiple PDSCHs include at least one first PDSCH and at least one second DCI PDSCH
  • the second DCI schedules multiple PDSCHs (or can schedule multiple PDSCHs), and the multiple PDSCHs are all second PDSCHs, or the second DCI only schedules one PDSCH (only one PDSCH can be scheduled), and the one PDSCH It is the second PDSCH
  • the third DCI schedules multiple PDSCHs (or can schedule multiple PDSCHs), and the multiple PDSCHs are all the first PDSCH, or the third DCI schedules one PDSCH (only one PDSCH can be scheduled), the One PDSCH is the first PDSCH.
  • the terminal device may only receive one or more first DCIs, or only receive one or more second DCIs, or only receive one or more third DCIs, or receive at least one first DCI In addition to one DCI or at least one second DCI, at least one third DCI is also received.
  • the following describes how to determine the HARQ feedback information of the one or more PDSCHs in the case of receiving different DCIs.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH (ignoring the actual decoding result of the second PDSCH), the first The HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH The results are relevant.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK
  • the decoding of the first PDSCH fails (reception failure) , setting the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the second PDSCH decoding fails (reception fails) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the first PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the first PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to NACK.
  • only receiving at least one first DCI refers to the predetermined time period before the feedback time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the first DCI
  • the terminal device does not receive other second DCI and/or third DCI corresponding to the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k), or in other words, at the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the first DCI
  • the predetermined time period before the time domain position for example, time slot n+k
  • the second DCI and/or the third DCI is received, but the time slot corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing corresponding to the second DCI and/or the third DCI
  • the position is different from the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the first DCI, and also indicates that only at least one first DCI is received.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is related to the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI; or, the second DCI schedules
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI (the actual decoding result of the second PDSCH is ignored).
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK, or ignore the decoding result of the second PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI, and set the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH as NACK.
  • only receiving at least one second DCI refers to the predetermined time period before the feedback time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the second DCI
  • the terminal device does not receive other first DCI and/or third DCI corresponding to the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k), or in other words, at the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the second DCI
  • the predetermined time period before the time domain position for example, time slot n+k
  • the HARQ feedback timing corresponding to the first DCI and/or the third DCI corresponds to the time slot
  • the position is different from the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the second DCI, and also indicates that only at least one second DCI is received.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the third DCI is related to the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the third DCI.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK;
  • the HARQ feedback information is set to NACK.
  • only receiving at least one third DCI refers to the predetermined time period before the feedback time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the third DCI
  • the terminal device does not receive other first DCI and/or second DCI corresponding to the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k), or in other words, at the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the third DCI
  • the terminal device does not receive other first DCI and/or second DCI corresponding to the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k), or in other words, at the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the third DCI Within a predetermined time period before the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k), if the first DCI and/or the second DCI is received, but the HARQ feedback timing corresponding to the first DCI and/or the second DCI corresponds to the time slot
  • the position is
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is the same as the second DCI
  • the decoding result of the PDSCH is irrelevant (the actual decoding result of the second PDSCH is ignored)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the first PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the PDSCH is related, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK
  • the decoding of the first PDSCH fails (reception failure) , setting the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the second PDSCH decoding fails (reception fails) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the first PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the first PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to NACK.
  • the terminal device within a predetermined period of time before the feedback time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the first DCI and/or the second DCI, the terminal device also The third DCI corresponding to the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) is received, or in other words, the time domain position corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) corresponding to the first DCI and/or the second DCI (for example Within a predetermined time period before time slot n+k), the third DCI is received, and the time slot position corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing corresponding to the third DCI is the HARQ feedback timing corresponding to the first DCI or the second DCI (the aforementioned k ) correspond to the same time domain position (for example, time slot n+k).
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback disabled, and only receives at least one of the first DCI or only receives When at least one of the third DCI is reached, or when the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is HARQ feedback disabled, and receives at least one of the first DCI and/or receives When at least one of the second DCI is also received at least one third DCI:
  • the determination method of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding of the second PDSCH The result is irrelevant, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH;
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH and the feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH are NACK (the actual decoding results of the second PDSCH and the SPS PDSCH are ignored), and when the decoding of the first PDSCH is successful (reception is successful), the first PDSCH
  • the corresponding HARQ feedback information is set as ACK, and when the decoding of the first PDSCH fails (reception fails), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as NACK.
  • the determination method of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the second PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH is related, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH;
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the second PDSCH decoding fails (reception fails) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure) the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to NACK.
  • the determination method of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is different, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is different from the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH.
  • the decoding result is related, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH;
  • the feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is NACK (the actual decoding result of the SPS PDSCH is ignored), and when the decoding of the first PDSCH is successful (reception is successful), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to ACK, and the first PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the second PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set as NACK.
  • the determination method of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is different, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the second PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the first PDSCH is irrelevant, and the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK (the actual decoding result of the second PDSCH is ignored), and when the decoding of the first PDSCH is successful (reception is successful), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to NACK;
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding In case of failure (reception failure), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to NACK.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback disabled, and only when at least one second DCI is received:
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH are determined in the same manner, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is related to the second PDSCH.
  • the decoding results of PDSCH scheduled by DCI are related;
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the second PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is set to NACK.
  • the determination method of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is related to the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH The decoding result of the second PDSCH is irrelevant.
  • both the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH are set to NACK.
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS
  • the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback enabled, and only receives at least one of the first DCI or only When receiving at least one of the second DCI or only receiving at least one of the third DCI, or when the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is HARQ feedback enabled, and When at least one of the first DCI and/or at least one of the second DCI is received, and at least one of the third DCI is also received,
  • the determination method of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is independent of the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH Irrelevant, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH;
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set as ACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as NACK.
  • the determination method of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the second PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH is related, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to NACK
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful)
  • the SPS PDSCH decoding fails (reception failure)
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK, and when the first PDSCH decoding fails (reception fails), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as NACK.
  • the first DCI and/or the second DCI and/or the third DCI correspond to the SPS PDSCH
  • the corresponding feedback time domain positions (or the corresponding time domain positions of HARQ-ACK information feedback) of the HARQ feedback timing (the aforementioned k) are the same.
  • the meaning of receiving only the first DCI and/or receiving only the second DCI and/or receiving only the third DCI is as described in (1), and will not be repeated here.
  • the HARQ feedback information can be sent under the condition of supporting the HARQ feedback enabling/disabling HARQ mechanism; therefore, the uplink control signaling overhead can be reduced, and at the same time, the network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report the HARQ feedback information. New data can be sent, thereby reducing data transmission delay.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an information feedback method according to an embodiment of the present application, which is applied to the terminal device side. As shown in FIG. 3 , the method includes:
  • the fourth downlink control information (DCI) received by the terminal device where the fourth DCI includes accumulated downlink assignment indicator (counter downlink assignment indicator, C-DAI) information and/or total DAI (total downlink assignment indicator, C-DAI) )information;
  • the terminal device determines HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information.
  • the fourth DCI may be used to schedule PDSCHs, and the PDSCHs scheduled by the DCI include PDSCHs whose corresponding HARQ processes are feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled.
  • the fourth DCI can schedule one or more PDSCHs; the DCI schedules one PDSCH, and the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the DCI only supports scheduling one PDSCH through one DCI; or, the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, and the DCI applies
  • the PDSCH time-domain resource allocation table supports scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • the fourth DCI can also be used to schedule PUSCH (one or more PUSCHs), or the fourth DCI does not schedule data transmission, no more examples here, the format of the fourth DCI can be 1_0 or 1_1, for details, please refer to current technology.
  • the fourth DCI includes C-DAI and/or T-DAI.
  • C-DAI represents the accumulated received and DCI format 1_1 represented by ⁇ serving cell, PDCCH monitoring opportunity ⁇ pair
  • the T-DAI value indicates the total number of ⁇ serving cell, PDCCH monitoring opportunity ⁇ pairs, the T-DAI of all serving cells on the same PDCCH monitoring opportunity is the same, T-DAI is updated with the PDCCH monitoring opportunity index, C-DAI indicates, T- DAI representation,
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the traditional method C-DAI and T-DAI, as shown in Figure 4, at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity, the DCI received on serving cells 1 and 3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI DAI, the DCI received on the serving cell 2 includes C-DAI, wherein the value of T-DAI is 3, and the C-DAI on each serving cell is arranged in ascending order according to the index of the serving cell; at the second PDCCH monitoring opportunity , the DCI received on serving cell 1 includes C-DAI and T-DAI, and the DCI received on serving cell 3 includes C-DAI, wherein the value of T-DAI is 5, and the value of T-DAI on serving cells 1 and 3
  • a C-DAI and T-DAI counting and statistical method different from the traditional method is proposed.
  • the C-DAI and T-DAI When counting T-DAI, it is necessary to consider whether the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI includes a PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-disabled or feedback-enabled.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH use DCI as the granularity Counting and/or counting with PDSCH as the granularity, the following describes the C-DAI and T-DAI counting and statistical methods and how to determine the HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information under each method.
  • the DCI that can participate in the counting may include the DCI that actually receives the scheduled PDSCH, may also include missed (not received) (for scheduling or not used for scheduling PDSCH) DCI, and may also include activating the SPS
  • the DCI can also include the actually received DCI including the PDSCH that conflicts with the uplink, but the DCI that can participate in the counting needs to include at least one DCI that has a corresponding HARQ process.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI in each example figure is Refers to the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ process, and this description is also applicable to the following (2).
  • Figures 28A to 28C are schematic diagrams of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of DCI.
  • the uplink resources (time domain positions) for sending the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI are the same.
  • C-DAI and T-DAI are counted at the granularity of actually received DCI, as shown in Figure 28B, the difference from Figure 28A is that the missing (not received) (for (Scheduled or not used for scheduling PDSCH) DCI also participates in counting, as shown in FIG. 28C , DCI including at least one PDSCH with uplink conflict also participates in counting.
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH is only counted in the scheduled PDSCH containing at least one corresponding HARQ process is feedback enabled DCI of PDSCH.
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI do not count the scheduled PDSCH and only include the DCI of the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-disabled.
  • the foregoing DCI refers to a general DCI, and does not specifically refer to the fourth DCI in 301 .
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI includes at least one first PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback enabled and at least one corresponding HARQ process whose feedback is disabled second PDSCH,
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI counts the fourth DCI, or in other words, counts it into the fourth DCI.
  • the meanings of C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI are similar to the existing ones and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of DCI. 1 second PDSCH, but since the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI also includes 3 first PDSCHs, this DCI is also counted by C-DAI and/or T-DAI, that is, at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity, the service
  • the DCI received on cells 1 and 3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI
  • the DCI received on serving cell 2 includes C-DAI, where the value of T-DAI is 3, and the C-DAI on each serving cell -DAI is arranged in ascending order of the serving cell index
  • the DCI received on serving cell 1 includes C-DAI and T-DAI
  • the DCI received on serving cell 3 includes C-DAI , where the value of T-DAI is 5, and the C-DAI on serving cells 1 and 3 are arranged in ascending order of serving cell indexes.
  • the terminal device determining the HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information includes: the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH with feedback enabled and The decoding result of the first PDSCH is related, and the corresponding HARQ process in the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback disabled.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, that is, ignore the second PDSCH In the actual decoding result, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set as NACK, when the first PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK, and when the first PDSCH decoding fails ( reception failure), set the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as NACK.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is a feedback-enabled HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is a feedback
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the disabled second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, that is, when the first PDSCH is successfully decoded (received successfully), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK, and the first PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set to NACK; when the second PDSCH decoding is successful (reception is successful), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set to ACK,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is set as NACK.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is the first PDSCH
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI counts the fourth DCI, or counts the fourth DCI Fourth DCI.
  • the meanings of C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI are similar to the existing ones and will not be repeated here.
  • the PDSCHs scheduled by the DCIs received by each serving cell at each PDCCH monitoring opportunity only include one or more first PDSCHs and do not include the second PDSCH.
  • each DCI is covered by C-DAI and/or T -DAI is included, that is, at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity, the DCI received on serving cells 1 and 3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI, and the DCI received on serving cell 2 includes C-DAI, Among them, the value of T-DAI is 3, and the C-DAI on each serving cell is arranged in ascending order according to the serving cell index; at the second PDCCH monitoring opportunity, the DCI received on serving cell 1 includes C-DAI and T-DAI.
  • DAI the DCI received on serving cell 3 includes C-DAI, wherein the value of T-DAI is 5, and the C-DAI on serving cells 1 and 3 are arranged in ascending order of serving cell index.
  • the terminal device determining the HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information includes: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and in When the first PDSCH is successfully decoded (received successfully), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as ACK, and when the first PDSCH decoding fails (reception fails), the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is set as NACK.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is the second PDSCH
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI does not count the fourth DCI, or in other words, when counting, it does not count into the fourth DCI.
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI may be the cumulative number of received DCI (the DCI scheduling PDSCH includes at least one first PDSCH), such as C-DAI and/or T-DAI It may be equal to the total number of DCIs (the DCI scheduling PDSCH includes at least one first PDSCH) received on each serving cell at each monitoring occasion until the fourth DCI receiving PDCCH monitoring occasion.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of DCI. As shown in Figure 6, the difference from Figure 4 is that only The second PDSCH is included, but the first PDSCH is not included. Therefore, this DCI is not counted by C-DAI and/or T-DAI, that is, in the DCI received on serving cells 2 and 3 at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity Including C-DAI and T-DAI, where the value of T-DAI is 2, and the C-DAI on each serving cell is arranged in ascending order according to the index of the serving cell; at the second PDCCH monitoring opportunity, receiving on serving cells 1 and 3
  • the received DCI includes C-DAI and T-DAI, where the value of T-DAI is 4, and the C-DAI on serving cells 1 and 3 are arranged in ascending order of serving cell indexes.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of DCI. As shown in FIG. Including the first PDSCH, therefore, this DCI is not counted by C-DAI and/or T-DAI. The difference from FIG. 6 is that this DCI (fourth DCI) may include T-DAI, and T-DAI may be equal to The total number of DCI (the DCI scheduling PDSCH includes at least one first PDSCH) received on each serving cell at the first PDCCH monitoring timing is 2.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of DCI. As shown in FIG. The first PDSCH is included, therefore, this DCI is not included in the C-DAI and/or T-DAI. The difference from FIG. 7 is that the DCI (fourth DCI) may also include C-DAI.
  • the C-DAI may be equal to the total number 2 of DCI (the DCI scheduling PDSCH includes at least one first PDSCH) received on each serving cell at the first PDCCH monitoring occasion.
  • Figures 5 to 8 are only combined with the scene in Figure 28A to illustrate how to count with DCI as the granularity, but Figures 5 to 8 can also be combined with the scenes in Figure 28B to 28C, which is not described here Let me repeat them one by one.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device receives multiple DCIs, it can generate a dynamic codebook after determining the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCHs scheduled by each DCI using one of the same methods as the PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI above.
  • This book includes the HARQ feedback information of X PDSCHs, X is equal to the T-DAI value in the last received DCI, the HARQ feedback information of a PDSCH scheduled by a certain DCI is arranged in the Yth position of the dynamic codebook, and Y is equal to the The value of C-DAI in the DCI, that is, the terminal device includes the HARQ feedback information in the codebook and sends it at the determined time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the time domain position will be described later; in addition , in the case of considering SPS PDSCH, or in the case of supporting coding block groups, the generation method of the dynamic codebook can refer to the existing technology, and will not be repeated here.
  • the PDSCH that can participate in the counting may include the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI that actually received the scheduled PDSCH, and may also include the PDSCH that was missed (not received) (for scheduling or not used for scheduling the PDSCH) DCI scheduling , may also include other PDSCHs not in conflict with the uplink that are actually received including the DCI scheduling of the PDSCH that conflicts with the uplink, but the DCI-scheduled PDSCH that can participate in the counting needs to have a corresponding HARQ process.
  • Figure 29A to Figure 29C are schematic diagrams of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of PDSCH, as shown in Figure 29A to Figure 29C, the uplink resources (time domain positions) for sending the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI are the same, As shown in Figure 29A, C-DAI and T-DAI are counted at the granularity of the actually received DCI-scheduled PDCCH, as shown in Figure 29B, the difference from Figure 29A is that the missing (not received) (for scheduling or not for scheduling PDSCH) DCI-scheduled PDSCHs can also participate in the counting, as shown in Figure 29C, the difference from Figure 29A is that scheduling other PDSCHs that include at least one DCI-scheduled PDSCH that conflicts with the uplink can also Participation counts.
  • Figure 30A to Figure 30C are schematic diagrams of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of PDSCH, as shown in Figure 30A to Figure 30C, the uplink resources (time domain positions) for sending the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI are the same,
  • the difference from Figure 29A to Figure 29C is that when one DCI schedules multiple PDSCHs, the C-DAI in Figure 29A to Figure 29C indicates the sequence number corresponding to the last PDSCH scheduled by the DCI, while in Figure 30A to Figure 30C
  • the C-DAI indicates the sequence number corresponding to the first PDSCH scheduled by the DCI. In the following, only the sequence number corresponding to the last PDSCH scheduled by the DCI indicated by the C-DAI will be described as an example.
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI only count the PDSCHs whose corresponding HARQ processes are feedback-enabled for the PDSCHs scheduled by the DCI.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information do not count the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is disabled for feedback.
  • the foregoing DCI refers to a general DCI, and does not specifically refer to the fourth DCI in 301 .
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI includes at least one first PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback enabled and at least one corresponding HARQ process whose feedback is disabled second PDSCH,
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI count the first PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI, or in other words, count the first PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI.
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI may be equal to the cumulative number of first PDSCHs received on each serving cell at each monitoring opportunity up to the PDCCH monitoring opportunity received by the fourth DCI.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of PDSCH.
  • the DCI-scheduled PDSCH received by serving cell 1 at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity includes a second PDSCH, but due to The PDSCH scheduled by the DCI also includes 3 first PDSCHs, and only 3 first PDSCHs in the fourth DCI are counted by C-DAI and/or T-DAI, that is, at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity, serving cell 1 and
  • the DCI received on 3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI
  • the DCI received on serving cell 2 includes C-DAI, where the value of T-DAI is 6, and the C-DAI on each serving cell follows Serving cell indexes are arranged in ascending order;
  • the DCI received on serving cell 1 includes C-DAI and T-DAI
  • the DCI received on serving cell 3 includes C-DAI, wherein, The value of T-
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information includes: the decoding result of the first PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is correlated, and when the first PDSCH is successfully decoded (received successfully) , setting the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as ACK, and setting the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as NACK when the decoding of the first PDSCH fails (reception failure). That is to say, there is no need to generate the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH.
  • the PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI are all the first PDSCHs, and the C-DAI and/or T-DAI counts the first PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI, or in When counting, each first PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is included.
  • the C-DAI in the fourth DCI may be equal to the current accumulated number of the scheduled first PDSCH up to the PDCCH monitoring opportunity received by the fourth DCI, and the T-DAI in the fourth DCI may be equal to the PDCCH received by the fourth DCI
  • Figure 10 is a schematic diagram of C-DAI and T-DAI counted at the granularity of PDSCH.
  • the DCI received on serving cells 1-3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI, where the value of T-DAI is 7, and the values of C-DAI are 5, 6, and 7 in turn;
  • the DCI received on serving cells 1 and 3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI, where T-DAI The value of is 10, and the C-DAI on serving cells 1 and 3 are 9 and 10 respectively.
  • the terminal device determines the HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information includes: the decoding result of the first PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is correlated, and when the first PDSCH is successfully decoded (received successfully) , setting the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as ACK, and setting the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH as NACK when the decoding of the first PDSCH fails (reception failure). That is to say, since the fourth DCI does not include the second PDSCH, there is no need to generate HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH.
  • the PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI are all the second PDSCHs, and the C-DAI and/or T-DAI does not count all the second PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI, or When counting, all second PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI are not counted.
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI may be equal to the cumulative number of first PDSCHs received on each serving cell at each monitoring opportunity up to the PDCCH monitoring opportunity received by the fourth DCI.
  • FIG 11 is a schematic diagram of C-DAI and T-DAI counting at the granularity of PDSCH.
  • the second PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is not scheduled DAI and/or T-DAI are included, that is, at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity, the DCI received on serving cells 2-3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI, where the value of T-DAI is 3, The values of C-DAI are 1 and 3 in sequence; at the second PDCCH monitoring opportunity, the DCI received on serving cells 1 and 3 includes C-DAI and T-DAI, where the value of T-DAI is 6, The C-DAIs on serving cells 1 and 3 are 5 and 6 in sequence, and at the first PDCCH monitoring opportunity, the T-DAI included in the DCI received on serving cell 1 is 2.
  • the terminal device after the terminal device receives multiple DCIs, it can generate a dynamic codebook after determining the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCHs scheduled by each DCI using one of the same methods as the PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI above.
  • This book includes the HARQ feedback information of X PDSCHs, X is equal to the T-DAI value in the last received DCI, the HARQ feedback information of a PDSCH scheduled by a certain DCI is arranged in the Yth position of the dynamic codebook, and Y is equal to the The value of C-DAI in the DCI, that is, the terminal equipment includes the HARQ feedback information in the codebook and sends it at the determined time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the time domain position will be described later; in addition , in the case of considering SPS PDSCH, or in the case of supporting coding block groups, the generation method of the dynamic codebook can refer to the existing technology, and will not be repeated here.
  • the methods in (1) and (2) above may be performed individually or in combination, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI are specific values.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the scheduled (one or more) PDSCHs is only the fourth DCI (one or more) that is disabled for feedback, but there are missing detections (not received) (for scheduling or not for scheduling)
  • DCI for example, determined according to the C-DAI/T-DAI in the received DCI
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI is set to a specific value, e.g.0, and does not need to be changed according to the scheduling situation (it does not need to be changed according to the number of other DCIs or the number of PDSCHs scheduled by other DCIs).
  • the method may further include (not shown): the terminal device receives one or more PDSCHs, for example, the terminal device may receive PDSCHs from time slot n-N+1 to time slot n, and the method further Can include:
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information at the time domain position corresponding to the received PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH scheduled by the DCI corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process.
  • the terminal device determines the time-domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH according to the time-domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling and the HARQ feedback timing
  • the HARQ feedback timing k indicates the time domain offset between the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH .
  • the time domain location may be a slot and/or a symbol.
  • Figures 12 and 13 are schematic diagrams of the time-domain positions for sending HARQ feedback information. As shown in Figures 12 and 13, the time-domain position slot n+k corresponds to the last HARQ-ACK feedback enabled HARQ of the DCI scheduling. The offset of the time slot n where the PDSCH of the process is located is equal to the HARQ feedback timing k, and the value of k may be indicated by the DCI or by high-layer signaling.
  • the fourth DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the method further includes: (not shown)
  • the terminal device receives high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing k.
  • the bearer mode of k reference may be made to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the time domain of the HARQ-ACK feedback of the multiple DCIs (or the PDSCHs scheduled by the multiple DCIs) The positions (eg slot n+k) are the same.
  • the method of determining whether the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is the first PDSCH or the second PDSCH reference may be made to the embodiment of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • the HARQ feedback information can be sent under the condition of supporting the HARQ feedback enabling/disabling HARQ mechanism; therefore, the uplink control signaling overhead can be reduced, and at the same time, the network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report the HARQ feedback information. New data can be sent, thereby reducing data transmission delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an information feedback method, which is explained from the side of the terminal device, and the overlapping parts with the embodiment of the first or second aspect will not be repeated.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 14, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives a PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH is disabled for feedback;
  • the terminal device does not send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook.
  • the PDSCH may be a PDSCH in one or more PDSCHs scheduled by DCI, or an SPS PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH is a PDSCH in one or more PDSCHs scheduled by DCI, for example , the DCI schedules multiple PDSCHs, and the terminal device receives one or part or all of the PDSCHs of the scheduled multiple PDSCHs.
  • the method for determining that the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH is feedback-disabled is as described in the first aspect, and will not be repeated here.
  • HARQ feedback information can not be sent while supporting the HARQ mechanism of HARQ feedback enabling/disabling and the scheduling method of scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI; Reduce the complexity and power consumption of terminal equipment monitoring PDCCH, and also reduce the resource overhead for sending downlink control signaling (DCI) to improve data throughput; on the other hand, it can reduce the overhead of uplink control signaling, and at the same time, The network device can send new data without waiting for the terminal device to report the HARQ feedback information, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
  • DCI downlink control signaling
  • the determination position of the time domain position can refer to the embodiment of the first aspect or the second aspect. It should be noted that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH, that is, before the predetermined time of the time domain position There is no other downlink transmission corresponding to this time domain position, that is, no downlink transmission feeds back HARQ-ACK information (codebook) at this time domain position. For example, there is no other PDSCH corresponding to this time domain position before the predetermined time of the time domain position. In other words, there is no other PDSCH at this time domain position that needs to send HARQ feedback information (codebook) corresponding to other PDSCHs.
  • the terminal device determines that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, and/or, the terminal device determines the The time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device determines that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI. That is to say, according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, it is possible to determine the received DCI, or the PDSCH scheduled by each DCI, so as to determine whether there is another corresponding time domain before the predetermined time of the time domain position.
  • the downlink transmission of the position e.g PDSCH
  • determine whether the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH there is no other downlink transmission corresponding to the time domain position before the predetermined time of the time domain position, and it is determined that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH
  • the terminal device determines not to send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, that is, according to the DCI
  • the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in can determine the received DCI, or the PDSCH scheduled by each DCI, thereby determining whether there are other downlink transmissions corresponding to the time domain position before the predetermined time (e.g.
  • the above-mentioned DCI may be the DCI for scheduling the received PDSCH, but this embodiment of the present application is not limited by this, and the above-mentioned DCI is also It may be the DCI received within a predetermined time before or within a predetermined time after the DCI that schedules the reception of the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device determines according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI that it needs to send the HARQ feedback codebook corresponding to the PDSCH
  • the time domain position sends the HARQ feedback codebook (semi-static codebook or dynamic codebook):
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the scheduled (one or more) PDSCHs is only received, and the DCI (one or more) is disabled for feedback, but there are missed detections (not received) (for scheduling or not for scheduling PDSCH) DCI (for example, determined according to the C-DAI/T-DAI in the received DCI).
  • the information bits of the feedback codebook are all NACK, and the above DCI is the DCI that can only schedule one PDSCH or the DCI that can schedule multiple PDSCHs.
  • Figure 15A to Figure 15C take receiving a DCI, and the DCI schedules a PDSCH as an example to illustrate the C-DAI and T-DAI in the above cases 1)-3);
  • Figure 31A to Figure 31D receive a DCI, and the DCI Scheduling multiple PDSCHs is taken as an example to illustrate C-DAI and T-DAI in the above cases 1)-3).
  • DAI is counted with DCI as the granularity;
  • Figure 32A to Figure 32D is based on receiving one DCI, and the DCI scheduling multiple PDSCHs as an example to illustrate the C-DAI and T-DAI of the above cases 1)-3).
  • DAI is counted with PDCCH as the granularity
  • Figure 31D in the scenarios of Figure 32A to Figure 32D, the terminal device determines according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI that it needs to send the HARQ feedback code at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook codebook (semi-static codebook or dynamic codebook), but the information bits of the feedback codebook are all NACK.
  • the terminal device determines according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI that it does not need Send the HARQ feedback codebook (semi-static codebook or dynamic codebook) at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook:
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the scheduled PDSCH is only received DCI (one or more) that is disabled for feedback, and there is no missed detection (not received) (for scheduling or not for scheduling PDSCH) DCI (for example, according to the received The C-DAI/T-DAI in the DCI is determined).
  • the DCI is a DCI that can only schedule one PDSCH or a DCI that can schedule multiple PDSCHs)
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is feedback disabled, and the C-DAI of the DCI is the first specific value, e.g.0/1, or the number of PDSCHs scheduled by the DCI, and/or, T-DAI (if included in the DCI) is a second specific value, e.g. 0/1, or the number of PDSCHs scheduled by the DCI. (assuming DAI is based on PDSCH counting).
  • Figure 33A to Figure 33B take a DCI received, and the DCI schedules a PDSCH as an example to illustrate the C-DAI and T-DAI in the above cases 4)-6);
  • Figure 34A to Figure 34B receive a DCI, and the DCI Scheduling multiple PDSCHs is taken as an example to illustrate C-DAI and T-DAI in the above cases 4)-6).
  • DAI is counted with DCI as the granularity
  • Figure 35A to Figure 35D is based on receiving one DCI, and the DCI scheduling multiple PDSCHs as an example to illustrate the C-DAI and T-DAI of the above cases 4)-6)
  • DAI is counted with PDCCH as the granularity
  • Figure 34B in the scenarios of Figure 35A to Figure 35D, the terminal device determines that it is not necessary to send HARQ feedback at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI Codebook (semi-static codebook or dynamic codebook).
  • the terminal device determines that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH according to the SPS configuration and/or activation status. That is to say, the SPS PDSCH can be determined according to the SPS configuration and/or activation state, thereby determining whether there are other downlink transmissions (e.g. SPS PDSCH) corresponding to the time domain position before the predetermined time of the time domain position, and then determining the time domain position Whether the position only corresponds to the PDSCH (there is no other downlink transmission corresponding to the time domain position before the predetermined time of the time domain position, and it is determined that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH).
  • the SPS PDSCH can be determined according to the SPS configuration and/or activation state, thereby determining whether there are other downlink transmissions (e.g. SPS PDSCH) corresponding to the time domain position before the predetermined time of the time domain position, and then determining the time domain position Whether the position only corresponds to the PDSCH (there is no other down
  • the terminal device determines not to send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook according to the SPS configuration and/or activation state. That is to say, the SPS PDSCH can be determined according to the SPS configuration and/or activation state, thereby determining whether there are other downlink transmissions (e.g.
  • the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback codebook is used to send the HARQ feedback codebook.
  • the time domain position (for example, time slot n+k) corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information may be located according to the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process scheduled by the DCI scheduling the PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback codebook may only be for the HARQ feedback information of the received PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH received in 1401 is the PDSCH among the PDSCHs scheduled by the DCI, and the second DCI
  • the HARQ processes corresponding to all the scheduled second PDSCHs are disabled for feedback.
  • the terminal device when it receives one or more or all of the PDSCHs in the second PDSCH (hereinafter collectively referred to as the received PDSCH), it can be skipped Generation of a feedback codebook (such as a semi-static codebook) (the feedback codebook is not generated), that is, the HARQ feedback information is not sent at the time domain position corresponding to the received PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information (or the codebook ).
  • a feedback codebook such as a semi-static codebook
  • the feedback codebook is not generated
  • the HARQ feedback information is not sent at the time domain position corresponding to the received PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information (or the codebook ).
  • At least two PDSCHs and SPS PDSCHs scheduled by the second DCI correspond to the same time domain position for sending HARQ feedback information.
  • the terminal equipment when the terminal equipment is configured or activated SPS PDSCH, and the PDSCH received in 1401 is SPS PDSCH, the terminal equipment can skip the generation of feedback codebook (such as semi-static codebook) (do not generate the feedback codebook) , That is to say, the HARQ feedback information (or codebook) for the SPS PDSCH is not sent at the time domain position corresponding to the received SPS PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • feedback codebook such as semi-static codebook
  • the PDSCH received in 1401 includes the DCI-scheduled PDSCH and the SPS PDSCH, and the terminal device can jump Over the generation of a feedback codebook (such as a semi-static codebook) (the feedback codebook is not generated), that is, the time domain position for sending HARQ feedback information corresponding to the received DCI-scheduled PDSCH and SPS PDSCH is not sent for The HARQ feedback information (or codebook) of the SPS PDSCH.
  • a feedback codebook such as a semi-static codebook
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI and the SPS PDSCH correspond to the same time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the difference from the embodiment of the second aspect is that when the terminal device only receives at least one fourth DCI described in the second aspect, the PDSCH received in 1401 is a PDSCH among the PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI, The HARQ processes corresponding to all the second PDSCHs scheduled by the fourth DCI are disabled for feedback, after that, when the terminal device receives one or more or all of the PDSCHs in the second PDSCH (hereinafter collectively referred to as the received PDSCH) , the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the fourth DCI can be ignored.
  • the HARQ feedback codebook may not be sent at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook.
  • this HARQ mechanism no HARQ feedback information is sent; therefore, the uplink control signaling overhead can be reduced, and at the same time, the network device can send new data without waiting for the terminal device to report the HARQ feedback information, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an information feedback method, which is described from the side of the terminal device, and the overlapping part with the embodiment of the second aspect or the third aspect will not be repeated.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 16, the method includes:
  • the terminal device receives DCI for scheduling PDSCH;
  • the terminal device determines, according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process, the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH;
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information for the PDSCH at the determined time domain position.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH scheduled by the DCI corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process.
  • the terminal device determines the time-domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH according to the time-domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling and the HARQ feedback timing
  • the HARQ feedback timing k indicates the time domain offset between the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH .
  • the time domain location can be a slot and/or a symbol
  • the DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the method further includes: (not shown)
  • the terminal device receives high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing k.
  • the bearer mode of k reference may be made to the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the time domain of the HARQ-ACK feedback of the multiple DCIs (or the PDSCHs scheduled by the multiple DCIs)
  • the positions (eg slot n+k) are the same.
  • the above method may only be applicable to the feedback of the dynamic codebook to determine the time domain position of the HARQ feedback information, but not to the feedback of the semi-static codebook to determine the time domain position of the HARQ feedback information, but this embodiment of the application does not as a restriction.
  • the feedback delay can be further reduced.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides an information receiving method, which is explained from the side of the network device, and the overlapping parts with the embodiment of the first aspect or the second aspect will not be repeated.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 17, the method includes:
  • the network device sends at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal device, and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least A corresponding HARQ process is a feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the network device receives HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs sent by the terminal device.
  • Fig. 18 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 18, the method includes:
  • the network device sends a fourth DCI to the terminal device, where the fourth DCI includes accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information;
  • the network device receives the HARQ feedback information sent by the terminal device and determined according to the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information.
  • accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information, HARQ feedback information, and fourth DCI reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments and the corresponding embodiments of the seventh aspect, and details are not repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an information feedback device.
  • the apparatus may be, for example, a terminal device, or may be one or some components or components configured on the terminal device, and the same contents as those in the embodiments of the first to fourth aspects will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 19 is another schematic diagram of an information feedback device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 19, the information feedback device 1900 includes:
  • the first receiving unit 1901 is configured to receive at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least A corresponding HARQ process is a feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink Shared Channel
  • a first sending unit 1902 which sends HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including that the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the SPS PDSCH corresponds to the second PDSCH
  • the determination methods of the HARQ feedback information are the same or different.
  • the method for determining the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is not related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH are determined in different ways, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information at a time domain position corresponding to the one or more PDSCHs for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the feedback time domain positions of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to at least two DCI-scheduled PDSCHs are the same, or the feedback time domains of at least one DCI-scheduled PDSCH and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH same location.
  • the first PDSCH and/or the second PDSCH are actually sent PDSCHs, and/or the first PDSCH and/or the second PDSCH have a corresponding HARQ process.
  • the at least one DCI includes a first DCI and/or a second DCI and/or a third DCI
  • the first DCI schedules a plurality of PDSCHs
  • the plurality of PDSCHs includes at least one corresponding HARQ process It is the first PDSCH with feedback enabled and at least one corresponding HARQ process is the second PDSCH with feedback disabled
  • the second DCI schedules multiple second PDSCHs, and the multiple second PDSCHs all correspond to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback disabled
  • the second DCI schedules a second PDSCH
  • the second PDSCH corresponds to a HARQ process whose HARQ feedback is disabled
  • the third DCI schedules multiple first PDSCHs, and the multiple first PDSCHs all correspond to HARQ
  • the feedback-enabled HARQ process, or the third DCI schedules a first PDSCH, and the first PDSCH corresponds to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, and the first The HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the The decoding result of the second PDSCH is correlated.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the third DCI and the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the third DCI relevant when the first receiving unit only receives at least one of the third DCI, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the third DCI and the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the third DCI relevant.
  • the second The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback disabled, and the first receiving unit only receives at least When one of the first DCI or at least one of the third DCI is received, or, when the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is HARQ feedback disabled, and When the first receiving unit receives at least one of the first DCI and/or receives at least one of the second DCI, and also receives at least one of the third DCI,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to The decoding result of the first PDSCH is related; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH Correlation, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH; or,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH. related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH; or,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to The decoding results of the first PDSCH are related.
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback disabled, and the first receiving unit only receives at least one of the second DCI,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is related to the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI; or, the The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS
  • the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback enabled
  • the first receiving unit only receives When at least one of the first DCI or only at least one of the second DCI or at least one of the third DCI is received, or, when the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the SPS PDSCH
  • the corresponding HARQ-ACK process is HARQ feedback enabled
  • the first receiving unit receives at least one of the first DCI and/or receives at least one of the second DCI, and also receives at least one of the third DCI ,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the The decoding result of the first PDSCH is related; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH , the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH.
  • the first receiving unit when the first receiving unit does not receive other DCI corresponding to the time domain position within a predetermined period of time before the time domain position corresponding to the HARQ feedback timing corresponding to the DCI, it indicates that the The terminal device only receives the DCI.
  • FIG. 20 is another schematic diagram of an information feedback device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 20 , the information feedback device 1900 includes:
  • the second receiving unit 2001 receives fourth downlink control information (DCI), where the fourth DCI includes accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the first determining unit 2002 is configured to determine HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information are counted at the granularity of DCI and/or counted at the granularity of PDSCH for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH only includes the DCI of the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled in the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information do not include only the DCI of the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-disabled in the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI includes the fourth PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled and the corresponding HARQ process is the second PDSCH whose feedback is disabled, and the accumulated DAI information/or the The total DAI information counts the fourth DCI.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-enabled HARQ feedback information corresponding to the fourth PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the fourth PDSCH, and the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the feedback-disabled second PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information has nothing to do with or is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to which feedback is disabled and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information only count the PDSCHs whose HARQ process is feedback-enabled for the DCI-scheduled PDSCHs.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information do not count the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is disabled for feedback.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback enabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the device also includes:
  • a second sending unit (not shown), configured to send the HARQ feedback information at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the device also includes:
  • the second determination unit (not shown) is configured to determine the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process.
  • the second determination unit determines the time domain for sending the HARQ feedback information according to the time domain position of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling and the HARQ feedback timing Location.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain offset between the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling and the time domain position where the HARQ feedback information is sent. shift.
  • the fourth DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the apparatus further includes:
  • a third receiving unit (not shown), which receives high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the fourth DCI is used for scheduling PDSCH and/or PUSCH.
  • the fourth DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI includes a PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled.
  • the fourth DCI does not schedule data transmission.
  • the fourth DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, and the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the fourth DCI supports scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • FIG. 21 is another schematic diagram of an information feedback device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 21 , the information feedback device 2100 includes:
  • a fourth receiving unit 2101 which receives DCI for scheduling PDSCH;
  • the third determining unit 2102 is configured to determine the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling;
  • the second sending unit 2103 is configured to send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI at the determined time domain position.
  • the third determining unit determines the HARQ used to send the DCI-scheduled PDSCH according to the time-domain position of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process and the HARQ feedback timing of the last DCI-scheduled The temporal location of the feedback information.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the difference between the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH The time domain offset between.
  • the DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the apparatus further includes:
  • a fifth receiving unit (not shown), which receives high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • Fig. 22 is another schematic diagram of an information feedback device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 22, the information feedback device 2200 includes:
  • the sixth receiving unit 2201 which receives a PDSCH, the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH is disabled for feedback;
  • the processing unit 2202 does not send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook.
  • the time domain location only corresponds to the PDSCH.
  • the time domain position only corresponding to the PDSCH includes: there is no other downlink transmission corresponding to the time domain position before the predetermined time of the time domain position.
  • the processing unit determines that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, and/or determines the The time domain location only corresponds to the PDSCH.
  • the processing unit determines not to send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, and/or and determining not to send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook according to the SPS configuration and/or the activation state.
  • the processing unit does not generate the HARQ feedback codebook corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH includes DCI-scheduled PDSCH and/or SPS PDSCH.
  • multiple PDSCHs in the PDSCHs are scheduled by the same DCI.
  • the information feedback devices 1900-2200 may also include other components or modules, and for the specific content of these components or modules, reference may be made to related technologies.
  • Figs. 19-22 only exemplarily show the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection may be used.
  • the above-mentioned components or modules may be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, receivers, etc.; the implementation of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the HARQ feedback information can be sent or not sent when the HARQ mechanism of HARQ feedback enabling/disabling is supported; therefore, the uplink control signaling overhead can be reduced, and at the same time, the network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report the HARQ feedback information.
  • Feedback information can send new data, which can reduce data transmission delay.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides an information receiving device.
  • the apparatus may be, for example, a network device, or may be one or some components or components configured on the network device, and the content that is the same as that in the embodiment of the fifth aspect will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 23 is another schematic diagram of an information receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 23, the information receiving device 2300 includes:
  • the third sending unit 2301 which sends at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal device, and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs Including at least one corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a seventh receiving unit 2302 configured to receive HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs sent by the terminal device.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including that the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the SPS PDSCH corresponds to the second PDSCH
  • the determination methods of the HARQ feedback information are the same or different.
  • the method for determining the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is the same, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is not related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH are determined in different ways, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the seventh receiving unit receives the HARQ feedback information at a time domain position corresponding to the one or more PDSCHs for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the feedback time domain positions of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to at least two DCI-scheduled PDSCHs are the same, or the feedback time domains of at least one DCI-scheduled PDSCH and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH same location.
  • the first PDSCH and/or the second PDSCH are actually sent PDSCHs, and/or the first PDSCH and/or the second PDSCH have a corresponding HARQ process.
  • Fig. 24 is another schematic diagram of an information receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 24, the information receiving device 2400 includes:
  • a fourth sending unit 2401 which sends a fourth DCI to the terminal device, where the fourth DCI includes accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information;
  • An eighth receiving unit 2402 configured to receive HARQ feedback information sent by the terminal device and determined according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information are counted at the granularity of DCI and/or counted at the granularity of PDSCH for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH only includes the DCI of the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled in the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information do not include only the DCI of the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-disabled in the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI includes the fourth PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled and the corresponding HARQ process is the second PDSCH whose feedback is disabled, and the accumulated DAI information/or the The total DAI information counts the fourth DCI.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-enabled HARQ feedback information corresponding to the fourth PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the fourth PDSCH, and the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the feedback-disabled second PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback information has nothing to do with or is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to which feedback is disabled and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information only count the PDSCHs whose HARQ process is feedback-enabled for the DCI-scheduled PDSCHs.
  • the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information do not count the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is disabled for feedback.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback enabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the eighth receiving unit receives the HARQ feedback information at a time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information is determined according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled.
  • the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information is determined according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process and the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain offset between the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling and the time domain position where the HARQ feedback information is sent. shift.
  • the fourth DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the apparatus further includes:
  • a fifth sending unit (not shown), configured to send high-layer signaling to the terminal device, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the fourth DCI is used for scheduling PDSCH and/or PUSCH.
  • the fourth DCI is used to schedule a PDSCH
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI includes a PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled.
  • the fourth DCI does not schedule data transmission.
  • the fourth DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, and the PDSCH time domain resource allocation table applied by the fourth DCI supports scheduling multiple PDSCHs through one DCI.
  • Fig. 25 is another schematic diagram of an information receiving device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 25, the information receiving device 2500 includes:
  • the sixth sending unit 2501 which sends DCI for scheduling PDSCH;
  • the seventh sending unit 2502 is configured to receive the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH sent by the terminal device at the time-domain position used for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH, the time-domain position is based on the The time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling is determined.
  • the time domain position is determined according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process and the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the difference between the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process and the time domain position of the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH The time domain offset between.
  • the DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the apparatus further includes:
  • An eighth sending unit (not shown), which sends high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing
  • the information receiving apparatuses 2300-2500 may also include other components or modules, and for the specific content of these components or modules, reference may be made to related technologies.
  • Fig. 23-25 only exemplarily shows the connection relationship or signal direction among the various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection may be used.
  • the above-mentioned components or modules may be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, receivers, etc.; the implementation of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • the HARQ feedback information can be sent or not sent when the HARQ mechanism of HARQ feedback enabling/disabling is supported; therefore, the uplink control signaling overhead can be reduced, and at the same time, the network device does not need to wait for the terminal device to report the HARQ feedback information.
  • Feedback information can send new data, which can reduce data transmission delay.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which can be referred to FIG. 1 , and the same content as the embodiments of the first aspect to the fourth aspect will not be described again.
  • the communication system 100 may at least include: a terminal device 102 and a network device 101 .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, which may be, for example, a base station, but the present application is not limited thereto, and may also be other network devices.
  • a network device which may be, for example, a base station, but the present application is not limited thereto, and may also be other network devices.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • a network device 2700 may include: a processor 2710 (such as a central processing unit CPU) and a memory 2720 ; the memory 2720 is coupled to the processor 2710 .
  • the memory 2720 can store various data; in addition, it also stores a program 2730 for information processing, and executes the program 2730 under the control of the processor 2710 .
  • the processor 2710 may be configured to execute a program to implement the information receiving method described in the embodiment of the fifth aspect.
  • the network device 2700 may further include: a transceiver 2740 and an antenna 2750 ; wherein, the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the network device 2700 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. 27 ; in addition, the network device 2700 may also include components not shown in FIG. 10 , and reference may be made to the prior art.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, but the present application is not limited thereto, and may be other devices.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 2600 may include a processor 2610 and a memory 2620 ; the memory 2620 stores data and programs, and is coupled to the processor 2610 . It is worth noting that this figure is exemplary; other types of structures may also be used in addition to or instead of this structure to implement telecommunication functions or other functions.
  • the processor 2610 may be configured to execute a program to implement the information feedback method described in the embodiment of the first or second or third or fourth aspect.
  • the terminal device 2600 may further include: a communication module 2630 , an input unit 2640 , a display device 2650 , and a power supply 2660 .
  • a communication module 2630 the terminal device 2600 may further include: a communication module 2630 , an input unit 2640 , a display device 2650 , and a power supply 2660 .
  • the functions of the above components are similar to those of the prior art, and will not be repeated here. It should be noted that the terminal device 2600 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG. have technology.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in the terminal device, the program causes the terminal device to execute the program described in the embodiment of the first or second or third or fourth aspect. information feedback method.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program enables the terminal device to execute the information feedback method described in the embodiment of the first or second or third or fourth aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program, wherein when the program is executed in a network device, the program causes the network device to execute the information receiving method described in the embodiment of the fifth aspect.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a storage medium storing a computer program, wherein the computer program causes a network device to execute the information receiving method described in the embodiment of the fifth aspect.
  • the above devices and methods in this application can be implemented by hardware, or by combining hardware and software.
  • the present application relates to a computer-readable program that, when executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to realize the above-mentioned device or constituent component, or enables the logic component to realize the above-mentioned various methods or steps.
  • the present application also relates to storage media for storing the above programs, such as hard disks, magnetic disks, optical disks, DVDs, flash memories, and the like.
  • the method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of both.
  • one or more of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams may correspond to each software module or each hardware module of the computer program flow.
  • These software modules may respectively correspond to the steps shown in the figure.
  • These hardware modules for example, can be realized by solidifying these software modules by using a Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a software module may reside in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • a storage medium can be coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium, or it can be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the software module can be stored in the memory of the mobile terminal, or can be stored in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal.
  • the software module can be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or large-capacity flash memory device.
  • One or more of the functional blocks described in the accompanying drawings and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks can be implemented as a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP) for performing the functions described in this application ), application specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or any suitable combination thereof.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
  • One or more of the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of the functional blocks can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, for example, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, a plurality of microprocessors processor, one or more microprocessors in communication with a DSP, or any other such configuration.
  • An information feedback method applied to a terminal device comprising:
  • the terminal device receives at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least one corresponding
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the HARQ process is a feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • the terminal device sends HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is the same as that of the second PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the second PDSCH is irrelevant, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH are determined in the same manner, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH irrelevant, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second PDSCH The corresponding HARQ feedback information is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH are determined in different ways, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH Correlation, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second PDSCH
  • the corresponding HARQ feedback information is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the at least one DCI includes a first DCI and/or a second DCI and/or a third DCI
  • the first DCI schedules multiple PDSCHs
  • the plurality of PDSCHs includes at least one first PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled and at least one second PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-disabled
  • the second DCI schedules a plurality of second PDSCHs, and the plurality of Each of the second PDSCHs corresponds to a HARQ process with HARQ feedback disabled, or the second DCI schedules a second PDSCH, and the second PDSCH corresponds to a HARQ process with HARQ feedback disabled
  • the third DCI schedules multiple first PDSCHs , and the multiple first PDSCHs all correspond to a HARQ process enabled with HARQ feedback, or the third DCI schedules one first PDSCH, and the one first PDSCH corresponds to
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, and the first The HARQ feedback information of a PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH. related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the first The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the HARQ feedback corresponding to the first PDSCH The information is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to The decoding result of the first PDSCH is related; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH Correlation, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH; or,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH. related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH; or,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to The decoding results of the first PDSCH are related.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is related to the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI; or, the The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS
  • the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback enabled, and only receives
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS
  • the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH is HARQ feedback enabled, and at least one of the first DCI and/or at least one of the second DCI is received, and at least one of the third DCI is also received
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the The decoding result of the first PDSCH is related; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH , the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH.
  • An information feedback method applied to a terminal device wherein the method comprises:
  • DCI Downlink control information
  • the terminal device determines HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI includes a fourth PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled and a corresponding HARQ process whose feedback is disabled.
  • the accumulated DAI information/or the total DAI information counts the fourth DCI.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including the The HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback enabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information at a time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the terminal device determines the time for sending the HARQ feedback information according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process domain location.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled and the time domain where the HARQ feedback information is sent Time-domain offset between locations.
  • the terminal device receives high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • An information feedback method applied to a terminal device wherein the method comprises:
  • the terminal device receives DCI for scheduling PDSCH
  • the terminal device determines the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling;
  • the terminal device sends the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI at the determined time domain position.
  • the terminal device determines the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling and the HARQ feedback timing for sending the DCI The time domain position of the HARQ feedback information of the scheduled PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled and the HARQ sending the PDSCH of the DCI scheduling.
  • the terminal device receives high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • An information feedback method applied to a terminal device wherein the method comprises:
  • the terminal device receives the PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH is disabled for feedback;
  • the terminal device does not send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook.
  • time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH comprises: there is no other downlink transmission corresponding to the time domain position before a predetermined time of the time domain position.
  • the terminal device determines that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, and/or the terminal device It is determined according to the SPS configuration and/or activation state that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH.
  • the terminal device determines that it is not in the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook Send the HARQ feedback codebook, and/or, the terminal device determines not to send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook according to the SPS configuration and/or activation state.
  • the terminal device does not generate the HARQ feedback codebook corresponding to the PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH includes a DCI-scheduled PDSCH and/or an SPS PDSCH.
  • a method for receiving information, applied to a network device characterized in that the method comprises:
  • the network device sends at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal device, and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least A corresponding HARQ process is a feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the network device receives HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs sent by the terminal device.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is the same as that of the second PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the second PDSCH is irrelevant, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the method of determining the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH comprising: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH irrelevant, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second PDSCH The corresponding HARQ feedback information is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • a method for receiving information, applied to a network device comprising:
  • the network device sends a fourth DCI to the terminal device, where the fourth DCI includes accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information;
  • the network device receives the HARQ feedback information sent by the terminal device and determined according to the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is that the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the fourth PDSCH with feedback enabled is related to the decoding result of the fourth PDSCH, so The HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant or related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the method according to supplementary note 65 wherein the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including the The HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback enabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH.
  • time-domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information is determined according to the time-domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling .
  • time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information is the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process scheduled according to the DCI and HARQ feedback timing determined.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled and the time domain where the HARQ feedback information is sent Time-domain offset between locations.
  • the fourth DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the method further includes:
  • the network device sends high-layer signaling to the terminal device, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • a method for receiving information, applied to a network device characterized in that the method comprises:
  • the network device sends DCI for scheduling PDSCH
  • the time domain position used by the network device to send the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH receives the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH sent by the terminal device, and the time domain position is based on the DCI
  • the time domain position of the last scheduled PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process is determined.
  • time domain position is determined according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process and the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the network device sends high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • a terminal device comprising a memory and a processor, the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the information feedback method described in any one of Supplements 1 to 49 .
  • a network device comprising a memory and a processor, the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the information receiving method described in any one of Supplements 50 to 82 5.
  • a communication system comprising:
  • An information feedback device applied to terminal equipment characterized in that the device comprises:
  • a first receiving unit which receives at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs include at least one
  • the corresponding HARQ process is a feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled PDSCH;
  • a first sending unit which sends HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is the same as the second PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the second PDSCH is irrelevant, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH are determined in different ways, including: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH Correlation, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second PDSCH
  • the corresponding HARQ feedback information is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the at least one DCI includes a first DCI and/or a second DCI and/or a third DCI
  • the first DCI schedules multiple PDSCHs
  • the plurality of PDSCHs includes at least one first PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled and at least one second PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-disabled
  • the second DCI schedules a plurality of second PDSCHs, and the plurality of Each of the second PDSCHs corresponds to a HARQ process with HARQ feedback disabled, or the second DCI schedules a second PDSCH, and the second PDSCH corresponds to a HARQ process with HARQ feedback disabled
  • the third DCI schedules multiple first PDSCHs , and the multiple first PDSCHs all correspond to a HARQ process enabled with HARQ feedback, or the third DCI schedules one first PDSCH, and the one first PDSCH corresponds to
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the second PDSCH The HARQ feedback information is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is the same as the second DCI
  • the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI is related; or, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is not related to the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is not related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH; or, the first PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to a PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS
  • the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback disabled
  • the first When a receiving unit only receives at least one of the first DCI or only receives at least one of the third DCI, or, when the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS, and the HARQ-ACK corresponding to the SPS PDSCH
  • the process is that HARQ feedback is disabled, and the first receiving unit receives at least one of the first DCI and/or receives at least one of the second DCI, and also receives at least one of the third DCI
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to The decoding result of the first PDSCH is related; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH Correlation, the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH; or,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH. related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH; or,
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to The decoding results of the first PDSCH are related.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI is related to the decoding result of the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI; or, the The HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the second DCI has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the terminal device is configured or activated with SPS
  • the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the PDSCH (SPS PDSCH) of the SPS is HARQ feedback enabled
  • the first receiving unit only receives at least one of the first DCI or only receives at least one of the second DCI or only receives at least one of the third DCI, or when the terminal device is configured or activated SPS, and the HARQ-ACK process corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is HARQ feedback enabled
  • the first receiving unit receives at least one of the first DCI and/or receives at least one of the second DCI, and also receives to at least one third DCI
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH
  • the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the The decoding result of the first PDSCH is related; or, the HARQ feedback information of the first PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the first PDSCH, and the HARQ feedback information of the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH , the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH.
  • An information feedback device applied to terminal equipment characterized in that the device comprises:
  • the second receiving unit receives fourth downlink control information (DCI), where the fourth DCI includes accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a first determining unit configured to determine HARQ feedback information according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information.
  • the device according to Supplementary Note 19 or 20, wherein the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information are only included in the scheduled PDSCH for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH and include at least one corresponding HARQ process is Feedback DCI of enabled PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI includes the fourth PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback enabled and the corresponding HARQ process whose feedback is disabled first Two PDSCH, the accumulated DAI information/or the total DAI information counts the fourth DCI.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is that the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the fourth PDSCH with feedback enabled is related to the decoding result of the fourth PDSCH, so The HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant or related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the device according to supplementary note 24, wherein the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including the The HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • a second sending unit configured to send the HARQ feedback information at a time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback information.
  • the second determining unit is configured to determine the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled and the time domain where the HARQ feedback information is sent Time-domain offset between locations.
  • the fourth DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the device further includes:
  • a third receiving unit configured to receive high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • An information feedback device applied to terminal equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
  • a fourth receiving unit which receives DCI for scheduling PDSCH
  • the third determining unit is configured to determine the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI scheduled PDSCH according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling;
  • the second sending unit is configured to send the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI at the determined time domain position.
  • the third determination unit determines the time domain position of the PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling and the HARQ feedback timing for sending the The time domain position of the HARQ feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled and the HARQ sending the PDSCH of the DCI scheduling.
  • the device further includes:
  • a fifth receiving unit configured to receive high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • An information feedback device applied to terminal equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
  • a sixth receiving unit which receives a PDSCH, and the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH is disabled for feedback;
  • the processing unit does not send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook.
  • the apparatus according to supplementary note 43, wherein the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH comprises: there is no other downlink transmission corresponding to the time domain position before a predetermined time of the time domain position.
  • the processing unit determines that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, and/or, according to the SPS configuration and /or the activation state determines that the time domain position only corresponds to the PDSCH.
  • the processing unit determines the time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback codebook corresponding to the PDSCH according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI Sending the HARQ feedback codebook, and/or determining not to send the HARQ feedback codebook at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook according to the SPS configuration and/or activation state.
  • the PDSCH includes a DCI-scheduled PDSCH and/or an SPS PDSCH.
  • Multiple PDSCHs in the PDSCHs are scheduled by the same DCI.
  • An information receiving device applied to network equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
  • a third sending unit which sends at least one downlink control information (DCI) for scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to the terminal device, and the DCI schedules one or more PDSCHs, wherein the one or more PDSCHs including at least one PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled;
  • DCI downlink control information
  • a seventh receiving unit configured to receive HARQ feedback information for one or more PDSCHSs sent by the terminal device.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is the same as that of the second PDSCH
  • the decoding result of the second PDSCH is irrelevant, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is independent of the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including that the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the first PDSCH is the same as the first PDSCH
  • the decoding result of PDSCH is related.
  • the method of determining the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH comprising: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH irrelevant, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH is related to the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second PDSCH The corresponding HARQ feedback information is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the determination of the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the second PDSCH is different, comprising: the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH Correlation, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the second PDSCH, or the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH has nothing to do with the decoding result of the SPS PDSCH, and the second PDSCH
  • the corresponding HARQ feedback information is related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • An information receiving device applied to network equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
  • a fourth sending unit which sends a fourth DCI to the terminal device, where the fourth DCI includes accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information;
  • An eighth receiving unit configured to receive HARQ feedback information sent by the terminal device and determined according to the accumulated DAI information and/or total DAI information.
  • the device according to Supplementary Note 60 or 61, wherein the accumulated DAI information and/or the total DAI information are only included in the scheduled PDSCH for the DCI used to schedule the PDSCH and include at least one corresponding HARQ process is Feedback DCI of enabled PDSCH.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI includes the fourth PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback enabled and the corresponding HARQ process whose feedback is disabled first Two PDSCH, the accumulated DAI information/or the total DAI information counts the fourth DCI.
  • the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is that the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the fourth PDSCH with feedback enabled is related to the decoding result of the fourth PDSCH, so The HARQ process corresponding to the HARQ process in the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant or related to the decoding result of the second PDSCH.
  • the device wherein the HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled.
  • the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is irrelevant to the decoding result of the second PDSCH, including the The HARQ process corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the fourth DCI is feedback-disabled, and the HARQ feedback information corresponding to the second PDSCH is NACK.
  • the eighth receiving unit receives the HARQ feedback information at a time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending HARQ feedback information.
  • time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information is determined according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process .
  • time domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information is the time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback enabled HARQ process scheduled according to the DCI and HARQ feedback timing determined.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ process with HARQ feedback enabled and the time domain where the HARQ feedback information is sent Time-domain offset between locations.
  • the fourth DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the device further includes:
  • a fifth sending unit configured to send high-layer signaling to the terminal device, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the fourth DCI is used to schedule PDSCH, and the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI includes the PDSCH whose corresponding HARQ process is feedback-enabled or feedback-disabled .
  • An information receiving device applied to network equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
  • a sixth sending unit which sends DCI for scheduling PDSCH
  • a seventh sending unit receiving the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH sent by the terminal device at a time-domain position for sending the HARQ feedback information of the DCI-scheduled PDSCH, the time-domain position is according to the The time domain position of the last PDSCH corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process of the DCI scheduling is determined.
  • time domain position is determined according to the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process and the HARQ feedback timing.
  • the HARQ feedback timing indicates the time domain position of the last PDSCH of the DCI scheduling corresponding to the HARQ feedback-enabled HARQ process and the HARQ sending the PDSCH of the DCI scheduling The time domain offset between the time domain positions of the feedback information.
  • the device according to supplementary note 79 or 80, wherein the DCI includes a first information field, and the first information field is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing, or, the device further includes:
  • An eighth sending unit configured to send high-layer signaling, where the high-layer signaling is used to indicate the HARQ feedback timing.
  • An information feedback method applied to a terminal device wherein the method comprises:
  • the terminal device receives DCI for scheduling PDSCH
  • the terminal device receives the PDSCH
  • the terminal device determines according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI that the HARQ feedback codebook needs to be sent at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook.
  • An information feedback device applied to terminal equipment, characterized in that the device comprises:
  • a receiving unit which receives DCI for scheduling PDSCH and receives PDSCH;
  • the determining unit is configured to determine, according to the C-DAI and/or T-DAI in the DCI, that the HARQ feedback codebook needs to be sent at the time domain position corresponding to the PDSCH for sending the HARQ feedback codebook.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供一种信息反馈方法，信息接收方法以及装置，其中，该信息反馈方法包括：所述终端设备接收用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；所述终端设备发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。

Description

信息反馈方法以及装置 技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域。
背景技术
物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)是无线通信系统中物理下行信道的一种，用于承载下行数据。PDSCH可以是通过下行控制信息(downlink control information，DCI)调度的。用于调度PDSCH的DCI中至少包括用于指示该PDSCH的资源的信息。在目前的新无线(new radio，NR)系统中，定义了多种用于调度PDSCH的DCI格式(format)，例如DCI format 1_0、DCI format 1_1、DCI format 1_2，不同DCI format的DCI包括的具体信息和/或大小是不一样的，以满足不同的调度需求。
应该注意，上面对技术背景的介绍只是为了方便对本申请的技术方案进行清楚、完整的说明，并方便本领域技术人员的理解而阐述的。不能仅仅因为这些方案在本申请的背景技术部分进行了阐述而认为上述技术方案为本领域技术人员所公知。
发明内容
目前，非地面网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks，NTN)是国际标准化组织3GPP正在讨论的课题。在该课题中，为了应对较长的传播时延，正在讨论如何支持HARQ(混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest))反馈使能/禁用这种HARQ机制。但目前还没有如何支持HARQ(混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest))反馈使能/禁用这种HARQ机制的具体方法，也没有在支持这种HARQ机制下在一些情况下如何/是否发送HARQ反馈信息的方法。
另外，3GPP正在讨论如何将NR系统扩展至71GHz。在该课题中，为了减轻终端设备的物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDDCH)监听负担，正在讨论如何支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCH(即multi-PDSCHs scheduling)这种调度方式。目前还没有关于是否/如何同时支持上述HARQ机制和上述调度方式的讨论，也没有如何同时支持上述HARQ机制和上述调度方式的方法，更没有在同时 支持上述HARQ机制和上述调度方式的情况下如何/是否发送HARQ反馈信息的方法。
针对上述问题的至少之一，本申请实施例提供一种信息反馈方法以及装置。
根据本申请实施例的一个方面，提供一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，所述装置包括：
第一接收单元，其接收用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
第一发送单元，其发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
根据本申请实施例的一个方面，提供一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，所述装置包括：
第二接收单元，其接收的第四下行控制信息(DCI)，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
第一确定单元，其根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息。
根据本申请实施例的一个方面，提供一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，所述装置包括：
第四接收单元，其接收用于调度PDSCH的DCI；
第三确定单元，根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置；
第二发送单元，其在所述确定的时域位置发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
本申请实施例的有益效果之一在于：可以在支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制的情况下发送或不发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输时延。
本申请实施例的有益效果之一在于：可以在同时支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制以及通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs这一调度方式的情况下发送或不发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，不仅可以减少终端设备的PDCCH的监听次数以降低终端设备监听PDCCH的复杂度和功耗，同时也可以减小用于发送下行控制信令(DCI) 的资源开销以提升数据吞吐量；另一方面，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输时延。
参照后文的说明和附图，详细公开了本申请的特定实施方式，指明了本申请的原理可以被采用的方式。应该理解，本申请的实施方式在范围上并不因而受到限制。在所附权利要求的精神和条款的范围内，本申请的实施方式包括许多改变、修改和等同。
针对一种实施方式描述和/或示出的特征可以以相同或类似的方式在一个或更多个其它实施方式中使用，与其它实施方式中的特征相组合，或替代其它实施方式中的特征。
应该强调，术语“包括/包含”在本文使用时指特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在，但并不排除一个或更多个其它特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在或附加。
附图说明
在本申请实施例的一个附图或一种实施方式中描述的元素和特征可以与一个或更多个其它附图或实施方式中示出的元素和特征相结合。此外，在附图中，类似的标号表示几个附图中对应的部件，并可用于指示多于一种实施方式中使用的对应部件。
图1是本申请实施例的通信系统的示意图；
图2是本申请实施例的信息反馈方法一示意图；
图3是本申请实施例的信息反馈方法一示意图；
图4至图11是本申请实施例DAI计数示意图；
图12至图13是本申请实施例反馈时隙位置示意图；
图14是本申请实施例的信息反馈方法一示意图；
图15A至图15C是本申请实施例C-TAI和T-DAI示意图；
图16是本申请实施例的信息反馈方法一示意图；
图17是本申请实施例的信息接收方法一示意图；
图18是本申请实施例的信息接收方法一示意图；
图19至图22是本申请实施例的信息反馈装置的一示意图；
图23至图25是本申请实施例的信息接收装置的一示意图；
图26是本申请实施例的终端设备的示意图；
图27是本申请实施例的网络设备的示意图；
图28A至图28D是本申请实施例DAI计数示意图；
图29A至图29C是本申请实施例DAI计数示意图；
图30A至图30C是本申请实施例DAI计数示意图；
图31A至图31C是本申请实施例C-TAI和T-DAI示意图；
图32A至图32D是本申请实施例C-TAI和T-DAI示意图；
图33A至图33D是本申请实施例C-TAI和T-DAI示意图；
图34A至图34B是本申请实施例C-TAI和T-DAI示意图；
图35A至图35C是本申请实施例C-TAI和T-DAI示意图；
图36A至图36D是本申请实施例DCI调度的PDSCH示意图。
具体实施方式
参照附图，通过下面的说明书，本申请的前述以及其它特征将变得明显。在说明书和附图中，具体公开了本申请的特定实施方式，其表明了其中可以采用本申请的原则的部分实施方式，应了解的是，本申请不限于所描述的实施方式，相反，本申请包括落入所附权利要求的范围内的全部修改、变型以及等同物。
在本申请实施例中，术语“第一”、“第二”等用于对不同元素从称谓上进行区分，但并不表示这些元素的空间排列或时间顺序等，这些元素不应被这些术语所限制。术语“和/或”包括相关联列出的术语的一种或多个中的任何一个和所有组合。术语“包含”、“包括”、“具有”等是指所陈述的特征、元素、元件或组件的存在，但并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其它特征、元素、元件或组件。
在本申请实施例中，单数形式“一”、“该”等包括复数形式，应广义地理解为“一种”或“一类”而并不是限定为“一个”的含义；“多个”表示“两个或两个以上或至少两个”；此外术语“所述”应理解为既包括单数形式也包括复数形式，除非上下文另外明确指出。此外术语“根据”应理解为“至少部分根据……”，术语“基于”应理解为“至少部分基于……”，除非上下文另外明确指出。
在本申请实施例中，术语“通信网络”或“无线通信网络”可以指符合如下任意通信标准的网络，例如长期演进(LTE)、增强的长期演进(LTE-A，LTE-Advanced)、宽带码分多址接入(WCDMA，Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)、高速报文接 入(HSPA，High-Speed Packet Access)等等。
并且，通信系统中设备之间的通信可以根据任意阶段的通信协议进行，例如可以包括但不限于如下通信协议：1G(generation)、2G、2.5G、2.75G、3G、4G、4.5G以及5G、新无线(NR，New Radio)等等，和/或其它目前已知或未来将被开发的通信协议。
在本申请实施例中，术语“网络设备”例如是指通信系统中将终端设备接入通信网络并为该终端设备提供服务的设备。网络设备可以包括但不限于如下设备：基站(BS，Base Station)、接入点(AP、Access Point)、发送接收点(TRP，Transmission Reception Point)、广播发射机、移动管理实体(MME、Mobile Management Entity)、网关、服务器、无线网络控制器(RNC，Radio Network Controller)、基站控制器(BSC，Base Station Controller)等等。
其中，基站可以包括但不限于：节点B(NodeB或NB)、演进节点B(eNodeB或eNB)以及5G基站(gNB)，等等，此外还可包括远端无线头(RRH，Remote Radio Head)、远端无线单元(RRU，Remote Radio Unit)、中继(relay)或者低功率节点(例如femeto、pico等等)。并且术语“基站”可以包括它们的一些或所有功能，每个基站可以对特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖。术语“小区”可以指的是基站和/或其覆盖区域，这取决于使用该术语的上下文。
在本申请实施例中，术语“用户设备”(UE，User Equipment)或者“终端设备”(TE，Terminal Equipment或Terminal Device)例如是指通过网络设备接入通信网络并接收网络服务的设备。终端设备可以是固定的或移动的，并且也可以称为移动台(MS，Mobile Station)、终端、用户台(SS，Subscriber Station)、接入终端(AT，Access Terminal)、站，等等。
其中，终端设备可以包括但不限于如下设备：蜂窝电话(Cellular Phone)、个人数字助理(PDA，Personal Digital Assistant)、无线调制解调器、无线通信设备、手持设备、机器型通信设备、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、可穿戴设备、智能手机、智能手表、数字相机，等等。
再例如，在物联网(IoT，Internet of Things)等场景下，终端设备还可以是进行监控或测量的机器或装置，例如可以包括但不限于：机器类通信(MTC，Machine Type Communication)终端、车载通信终端、工业无线设备、监控摄像头、设备到设备(D2D， Device to Device)终端、机器到机器(M2M，Machine to Machine)终端，等等。
此外，术语“网络侧”或“网络设备侧”是指网络的一侧，可以是某一基站或某一核心网设备，也可以包括如上的一个或多个网络设备。术语“用户侧”或“终端侧”或“终端设备侧”是指用户或终端的一侧，可以是某一UE，也可以包括如上的一个或多个终端设备。本文在没有特别指出的情况下，“设备”可以指网络设备，也可以指终端设备。
在以下的说明中，在不引起混淆的情况下，术语“上行控制信号”和“上行控制信息(UCI，Uplink Control Information)”或“物理上行控制信道(PUCCH，Physical Uplink Control Channel)”可以互换，术语“上行数据信号”和“上行数据信息”或“物理上行共享信道(PUSCH，Physical Uplink Shared Channel)”可以互换，“接收到(的)”和“检测到(的)”表示成功接收，可以互换；“接收”和“检测”表示正在执行的动作，而不强调是否成功接收，可以互换，但在某些情况下也可以表示接收结果。
术语“下行控制信号”和“下行控制信息(DCI，Downlink Control Information)”或“物理下行控制信道(PDCCH，Physical Downlink Control Channel)”可以互换，术语“下行数据信号”和“下行数据信息”或“物理下行共享信道(PDSCH，Physical Downlink Shared Channel)”可以互换。
另外，发送或接收PUSCH可以理解为发送或接收由PUSCH承载的上行数据，发送或接收PUCCH可以理解为发送或接收由PUCCH承载的上行信息(e.g.UCI)，发送或接收PRACH可以理解为发送或接收由PRACH承载的preamble；发送或接收PDSCH可以理解为发送或接收由PDSCH承载的下行数据，发送或接收PDCCH可以理解为发送或接收由PDCCH承载的下行信息(e.g.DCI)。
在本申请实施例中，高层信令例如可以是无线资源控制(RRC)信令；RRC信令例如包括RRC消息(RRC message)，例如包括主信息块(MIB)、系统信息(system information)、专用RRC消息；或者RRC信息元素(RRC information element，RRC IE)；或者RRC消息或RRC信息元素包括的信息域(或信息域包括的信息域)。高层信令例如还可以是媒体接入控制层(Medium Access Control，MAC)信令；或者称为MAC控制元素(MAC control element，MAC CE)。但本申请不限于此。
以下通过示例对本申请实施例的场景进行说明，但本申请不限于此。
图1是本申请实施例的通信系统的示意图，示意性说明了以终端设备和网络设备为例的情况，如图1所示，通信系统100可以包括网络设备101和终端设备102、103。 为简单起见，图1仅以两个终端设备和一个网络设备为例进行说明，但本申请实施例不限于此。
在本申请实施例中，网络设备101和终端设备102、103之间可以进行现有的业务或者未来可实施的业务发送。例如，这些业务可以包括但不限于：增强的移动宽带(eMBB，enhanced Mobile Broadband)、大规模机器类型通信(mMTC，massive Machine Type Communication)、高可靠低时延通信(URLLC，Ultra-Reliable and Low-Latency Communication)和减少能力的终端设备的相关通信，等等。
值得注意的是，图1示出了两个终端设备102、103均处于网络设备101的覆盖范围内，但本申请不限于此。两个终端设备102、103可以均不在网络设备101的覆盖范围内，或者一个终端设备102在网络设备101的覆盖范围之内而另一个终端设备103在网络设备101的覆盖范围之外。
在本申请实施例中，不同的PDSCH承载的传输块相同或不同，因此，下文中“多个PDSCH”或“至少两个PDSCH”可以指承载相同或不同传输块的不同PDSCH。更具体的，不同的PDSCH承载的传输块可能对应相同或不同的HARQ进程，其中，不同的HARQ进程有不同的HARQ进程标识。
在一些实施例中，PDSCH时域资源分配(TDRA)表(或者简称为TDRA表)包括至少一行，以下，为方便描述，将一行称为一个PDSCH TDRA配置(或者简称为TDRA配置)，即PDSCH TDRA表包括至少一个PDSCH TDRA配置。一个PDSCH TDRA配置包括至少一个PDSCH时域资源配置(或者简称为时域资源配置)，PDSCH时域资源配置中至少包括时隙中的符号位置(起始符号+长度)配置；另外，一个PDSCH TDRA配置还可以包括至少一个时隙偏移K0配置，该K0表示PDSCH与PDCCH的时隙偏移，K0配置包括在PDSCH时域资源配置中或者不包括在PDSCH时域资源配置中；该一个PDSCH TDRA配置还可以包括其他信息(例如，映射类型，mapping type)，且该其他信息包括在PDSCH时域资源配置中或者不包括在PDSCH时域资源配置中，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。其中，关于时隙中的符号位置配置，其例如包括start and length indicator SLIV,该SLIV对应起始符号(S)和长度(L)的有效组合(valid combination)，或者，其例如对应起始符号starting symbol配置和长度length配置，该starting symbol配置和length配置是有效组合。
混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest，HARQ)，是一种结合前向纠 错(Forward Error Correction，FEC)与自动重传请求(Automatic Repeat reQuest，ARQ)方法的技术。FEC通过添加冗余信息，使得接收端能够纠正一部分错误，从而减少重传的次数。对于FEC无法纠正的错误，接收端会通过ARQ机制请求发送端重发数据。接收端使用检错码，通常为循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check，CRC)，来检测接收到的数据包是否出错。如果无错，则接收端会发送一个肯定的确认(ACK)给发送端，发送端收到ACK后，会接着发送下一个数据包。如果出错，则接收端会丢弃该数据包，并发送一个否定的确认(NACK)给发送端，发送端收到NACK后，会重发相同的数据。
在NR中，需要对DCI调度的一个或多个PDSCHs(全部或部分)进行HARQ-ACK反馈，例如终端设备可以生成HARQ-ACK码本，该HARQ-ACK码本包括半静态码本(Type-1HARQ-ACK codebook)和动态码本(Type-2HARQ-ACK codebook)。终端根据RRC信令配置采用Type-1HARQ-ACK codebook或Type-2HARQ-ACK codebook。
以下结合各个实施例说明在支持HARQ进程被配置或指示了HARQ反馈禁用或反馈使能的情况下，如何生成或是否生成或如何发送上述半静态码本和/或动态码本。
第一方面的实施例
本申请实施例提供一种信息反馈方法，从终端设备侧进行说明。
图2是本申请实施例的信息反馈方法的一示意图，如图2所示，该方法包括：
201，终端设备接收用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
202，该终端设备发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备接收调度一个或多个PDSCHs的下行控制信息(DCI)，该DCI可以(能够)调度多个PDSCHs，但实际上可能调度了一个PDSCH或多个PDSCHs，另外，在本申请实施例中，多个PDSCH可以是时域上调度多个PDSCH也可以是频域上调度多个PDSCH，也可以是时域和频域上的多个PDSCH。例如，时域上调度多个PDSCH时该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。
在一些实施例中，在201中，该DCI和PDSCH在相同载波(小区)或不同载波(小区)发送，也就是说，PDSCH可以是由同一载波(小区)上的DCI调度的，或者是由不同载波(小区)上的DCI调度的。在该DCI和PDSCH在不同载波(小区)的情况下，根据被调度的载波(小区)对应的配置(e.g.HARQ process数，HARQ反馈使能/禁用配置，PDSCH时域资源分配表配置等)调度该PDSCH。
图36A是DCI和调度的PDSCH在同一载波(carrier)/小区同一BWP示意图，如图14所示，(a)对应调度一个PDSCH(不限制DCI是只能调度一个还是可以调度多个，b)对应时域上调度多个PDSCH，PDSCH按时域顺序索引，c)对应频域上调度多个PDSCH，PDSCH按频域顺序索引，d)对应时域和频域上调度多个，PDSCH按先频域后时域顺序索引，e)对应时域和频域上调度多个，PDSCH按先时域后频域顺序索引。
图36B是DCI和调度的PDSCH在同一载波/小区不同BWP示意图，如图15所示，(a)对应调度一个PDSCH(不限制DCI是只能调度一个还是可以调度多个，b)对应时域上调度多个PDSCH，PDSCH按时域顺序索引，c)对应频域上调度多个PDSCH，PDSCH按频域顺序索引，d)对应时域和频域上调度多个，PDSCH按先频域后时域顺序索引，e)对应时域和频域上调度多个，PDSCH按先时域后频域顺序索引。
图36C是DCI和调度的PDSCH在不同载波/小区(跨载波调度)示意图，如图16所示，(a)对应调度一个PDSCH(不限制DCI是只能调度一个还是可以调度多个，b)对应时域上调度多个PDSCH，PDSCH按时域顺序索引，c)对应频域上调度多个PDSCH，PDSCH按频域顺序索引，d)对应时域和频域上调度多个，PDSCH按先频域后时域顺序索引，e)对应时域和频域上调度多个，PDSCH按先时域后频域顺序索引。
图36D是DCI调度多个PDSCH示意图，如图17所示，a)对应调度时域不同的两个PDSCH，该两个PDSCH在不同载波/小区的不同BWP上，在同一载波/小区的同一BWP上仅调度一个PDSCH，PDSCH按时域顺序索引，b)对应调度频域不同的两个PDSCH，该两个PDSCH在不同载波/小区的不同BWP上，在同一载波/小区的同一BWP上仅调度一个PDSCH，PDSCH按频域顺序索引，c)对应调度4个PDSCH，在不同载波/小区的不同BWP上分别调度两个PDSCH，在同一载波/小区的同一BWP 上调度两个PDSCH，PDSCH按先频域后时域顺序索引，d)对应调度4个PDSCH，在不同载波/小区的不同BWP上分别调度两个PDSCH，在同一载波/小区的同一BWP上调度两个PDSCH，PDSCH按先时域后频域顺序索引。以下以DCI可以在时域上调度多个PDSCH为例进行说明。
以下以DCI可以在时域上调度多个PDSCH为例进行说明。
在一些实施例中，为了支持DCI可以在时域上调度多个PDSCH，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。为方便说明，以下先对该PDSCH时域资源分配配置进行进一步说明。
在一些实施例中，用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表包括至少一个用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA配置。同时，该表中可以包括或不包括用于支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA配置。例如，该PDSCH TDRA表包括至少一个(M个)PDSCH TDRA配置(至少一行)，在M个PDSCH TDRA配置中有至少一个(P个)用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA配置，包括M-P个用于支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA配置。其中，M大于或等于P，M和P都是大于或等于1的整数。
在一些实施例中，用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA配置包括至少两个PDSCH时域资源配置(例如至少两个SLIV，每个SLIV与一个PDSCH对应)。
在一些实施例中，用于支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA配置仅包括一个PDSCH时域资源配置。
在一些实施例中，该方法还可以包括：(未图示)该终端设备可以根据第一列表确定各DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表，从而确定该第一分配表，该第一列表的一列对应所述的用于配置用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表的第一指示信息(e.g.pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH)。该第一指示信息例如包括在PDSCH-Config中。即终端设备根据该第一列表从预定义的或通过高层信令配置的PDSCH时域资源分配(TDRA)表中确定各DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表。
例如，该第一列表用于确定格式为DCI format 1_1或DCI format 1_2的DCI应 用的PDSCH时域资源分配表，不用于确定格式为DCI format 1_0的DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表，例如格式为DCI format 1_0的DCI可以使用第二列表来确定DCI应用的PDSCH TDRA表，该第二列表包括的内容例如和现有针对DCI format1_0和DCI format 1_1的列表(Applicable PDSCH time domain resource allocation for DCI formats 1_0and 1_1)相同。即，格式为DCI format 1_0和DCI format 1_1的DCI应用的PDSCH TDRA表基于不同的列表确定。
例如，该第一列表与第二列表的不同之处之一在于，该第一列表还包括一列，该一列对应用于配置用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表的第一指示信息(e.g.pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH)，而该第二列表中不包括对应用于配置用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表的第一指示信息的列。换句话说，该第二列表在确定DCI应用的PDSCH TDRA表时，不考虑用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表第一指示信息，因此，基于第二列表确定的该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不可能是用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH时域资源分配表，基于该第一列表确定的该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表可以是用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH时域资源分配表。
在一些实施例中，该DCI的格式是DCI format 1_1或DCI format 1_2，该DCI应用的PDSCH TDRA表与加扰该DCI的循环冗余校验CRC的无线网络临时标识RNTI无关。例如，在RNTI是小区无线网络临时标识,(Cell-RadioNetworkTemporaryIdentifier，C-RNTI)，编码调制方案C-RNTI(MCS-C-RNTI)，配置调度RNTI(CS-RNTI)时，该DCI应用的PDSCH TDRA表相同。下表1是该第一列表的一个示例表，该表1中的列PDSCH-ConfigCommon includes pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList，PDSCH-Config includes pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList分别对应用于配置cell-specific和UE-specific的用于仅支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表的第二指示信息(即PDSCH-ConfigCommon中的pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList和PDSCH-Config中的pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList)，具体含义可以参考现有技术，此处不再赘述。其中，根据表1，针对在不与CORESET 0关联的公共搜索空间(或者说关联的CORESET不是CORESET 0的公共搜索空间)或UE专用搜索空间发送DCI，在配置了用于支 持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表的情况下(也就是说，在PDSCH-Config中包括用于配置该PDSCH TDRA表的第一指示信息(pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH)的情况下)，该DCI在采用C-RNTI、MCS-C-RNTI或CS-RNTI加扰时都应用该用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表。
表1
Figure PCTCN2021122477-appb-000001
在一些实施例中，该DCI的格式是DCI format 1_1或DCI format 1_2，该DCI在采用不同RNTI加扰时应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不同。例如，在采用CS-RNTI加扰时应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表与采用非CS-RNTI(C-RNTI或MCS-C-RNTI)加扰时应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不同。
例如，该DCI由非CS-RNTI(C-RNTI或MCS-C-RNTI)加扰的情况下，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表是用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH时域资源分配表；在该DCI由CS-RNTI加扰时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分 配表不是用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH时域资源分配表，换句话说，该DCI由CS-RNTI加扰时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表仅是支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表。
或者说，在该DCI在由CS-RNTI加扰时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不是该第一指示信息配置的PDSCH时域资源分配表；在该DCI由非CS-RNTI(C-RNTI或MCS-C-RNTI)加扰时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表是该第一指示信息配置的PDSCH时域资源分配表，由于用于SPS激活的DCI必须是被CS-RNTI加扰的，因此即使第一指示信息配置了支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表，也不能用于SPS激活。
下表2-1和2-2是该第一列表示例表，与表1不同之处在于，在采用CS-RNTI加扰时应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表与采用非CS-RNTI(C-RNTI或MCS-C-RNTI)加扰时应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不同，另外，在表2-1中，第一指示信息配置需要同时支持仅通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表和通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的的PDSCH TDRA表，即使在第一指示信息配置了用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表时，RNTI是CS-RNTI的DCI可以应用用于仅支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表，在表2-2中，第一指示信息配置不需要同时支持仅通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表和通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的的PDSCH TDRA表，在第一指示信息配置了用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表而没有通过第一指示信息配置用于仅支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表时，RNTI是CS-RNTI的DCI format 1_1可以应用预定义的PDSCH TDRA表。
表2-1
Figure PCTCN2021122477-appb-000002
表2-2
Figure PCTCN2021122477-appb-000003
在一些实施例中，该DCI的格式是DCI format 1_1或DCI format 1_2，该DCI在 用于SPS激活和/或SPS重传时(该DCI的CRC是由CS-RNTI加扰的)应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表和在用于非SPS激活和/或SPS重传时(该DCI的CRC是不是由CS-RNTI加扰的)应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不同。
例如，在该DCI用于SPS激活和/或SPS重传时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不是用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs，换句话说，该DCI用于SPS激活和/或SPS重传时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表仅是支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA表；在该DCI用于非SPS激活和/或SPS重传时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表是用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
或者说，在该DCI用于SPS激活和/或SPS重传时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表不是该第一指示信息配置的PDSCH时域资源分配表；在该DCI用于非SPS激活和/或SPS重传时，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表是该第一RRC信令配置的PDSCH时域资源分配表。
如上所述，在表1,2-1,2-2中，第一指示信息配置用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表，即pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH的值是YES，第一指示信息配置用于不支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs的PDSCH TDRA表，即pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationListForMultiPDSCH的值是NO。
在一些实施例中，该第一列表用于确定格式为DCI format 1_1的DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表，也可以用于确定格式为DCI format 1_0的DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表，例如可以将前述示例中的表格看作第三列表与现有的第二表格合并作为第一表格，同时用于确定格式为DCI format 1_1和DCI format 1_0的DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表。
在一些实施例中，该DCI包括第二信息域，该第二信息域可以是时域资源分配域Time domain resource assignment，该第一信息域通过指示该DCI应用的PDSCH TDRA表中PDSCH TDRA配置对应的索引(行索引，e.g.行索引的值大于或等于1)来指示PDSCH时域资源，换句话说，该DCI通过指示其应用的PDSCH TDRA表中的PDSCH TDRA配置来调度PDSCH。例如，该DCI的第二信息域的值m(假设m为大于或等于0的整数)对应指示该DCI应用的PDSCH TDRA表中索引为m+1(也就是第m+1行)的PDSCH TDRA配置。在该PDSCH TDRA表是第一指示信息配置的情况下，例如，该第一指示信息配置的第m+1个PDSCH TDRA配置对应的索引值 为m+1，也就是说，第二信息域的值为m时，其对应的是第一RRC信令配置的第m+1个PDSCH TDRA配置。
在一些实施例中，在201中，在DCI(例如DCI中的第二信息域)指示的PDSCH TDRA配置是用于支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCH的PDSCH TDRA配置(包括多个PDSCH时域资源配置)时，UE可以根据该PDSCH TDRA配置包括的分别对应多个PDSCHs的PDSCH时域资源配置确定调度的多个PDSCHs时域资源。
在一些实施例中，该DCI还可以包括第三信息域，该第三信息域用于指示HARQ进程标识，其中，调度的不同PDSCH对应相同或不同的HARQ进程，终端设备可以根据该DCI确定该DCI指示的HARQ进程以及确定调度的PDSCH的HARQ进程。
在一些实施例中，该第三信息域例如是‘HARQ process number’。
在一些实施例中，该DCI显式和/或隐式指示HARQ进程。例如，该DCI采用该第一信息域(显式)，和/或，复用其他信息域(显式)，和/或，通过用于发送该DCI的时域和/或频域资源(隐式)指示HARQ进程。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备还可以接收与HARQ反馈使能和/或禁用(HARQ-ACK feedback enabling and/or disabling)相关的指示信息，该指示信息可以通过高层信令和/或通过物理层信令承载(指示或配置)，该高层信令包括无线资源控制(RRC)信令和/或媒体接入控制层控制元素(MAC CE)等，该物理层信令可以是不同于操作201中的DCI，也可以是操作202中的DCI。该指示信息包括比特位图和/或第一HARQ进程指示信息和/或第二HARQ进程指示信息和/或使能/禁用指示信息，即上述指示信息中的各个信息可以都由上述一个信令承载，或者分别由上述不同信令承载，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。
在一些实施例中，该指示信息是针对一个小区的或多个小区的。有多个小区的情况下，不同小区的HARQ反馈使能和/或禁用配置相同或不同。例如，在配置了多个小区(CA/DC)的情况下，该指示信息针对不同小区分别指示HARQ反馈使能和/或禁用。
在一些实施例中，该指示信息可以包括比特位图，该比特位图的每一个比特对应一个(或一组)配置或预配置的HARQ进程，每个比特的值指示对应的HARQ进程(组)使能或禁用，也就是说比特位图与HARQ进程(组)一一对应，例如，在比特位图的一个比特的值为0时，该HARQ进程(组)是反馈禁用(以下简称第一HARQ 进程)的HARQ进程(组)，在比特位图的一个比特的值为1时，该HARQ进程(组)是反馈使能的HARQ进程(组)，反之亦可。
例如，比特位图对应的HARQ进程(组)可以是预定义的或预配置的或通过信令配置的所有HARQ进程(组)，也可以是预定义的或预配置的或通过信令配置的所有HARQ进程(组)中的部分HARQ进程(组)，该部分HARQ进程(组)可以是预定义的，或者通过指示信息中还包括的第一HARQ进程指示信息指示，关于该第一HARQ进程指示信息将在后述进行说明。其中，在所有HARQ进程(组)是由信令配置时，该方法还可以包括：(未图示)该终端设备接收HARQ进程(组)配置信息，用于配置该所有HARQ进程(组)。
在一些实施例中，该指示信息可以包括第二HARQ进程指示信息，该第二HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程(组)是HARQ反馈使能的，或者是HARQ反馈禁用的。该第二HARQ进程指示信息与其指示的HARQ进程(组)的对应关系是预定义的，例如，该第二HARQ进程指示信息可以是索引和/或起始位置长度指示(index/SLIV)，该index/SLIV取值对应的HARQ进程(组)是HARQ反馈使能的，其他的与index/SLIV取值不对应的HARQ进程(组)是HARQ反馈禁用的；或者，该index/SLIV取值对应的HARQ进程(组)是HARQ反馈禁用的，其他的与index/SLIV取值不对应的HARQ进程(组)是HARQ反馈使能的。或者该第二HARQ进程指示信息还可以结合使能/禁用指示信息进行指示，该使能/禁用指示信息用于指示该第二HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的还是HARQ反馈禁用的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以包含在该指示信息中，或者包含在该操作201中的DCI中，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。例如，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为使能时，该第二HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为禁用时，该第二HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的，该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。例如，该第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应的关系的HARQ进程(组)可以是预定义的或预配置的或通过信令配置的所有HARQ进程(组)，也可以是预定义的或预配置的或通过信令配置的所有HARQ进程(组)中的部分HARQ进程(组)，该部分HARQ进程(组)可以是预定义的，或者通过指示信息中还包括的 第一HARQ进程指示信息指示，关于该第一HARQ进程指示信息将在后述进行说明。与该第二HARQ进程指示信息没有对应关系的剩余部分HARQ进程(组)可以默认预定义或预配置为HARQ反馈使能的，或者HARQ反馈禁用的。其中，在所有HARQ进程(组)是由信令配置时，该方法还可以包括：(未图示)该终端设备接收HARQ进程(组)配置信息，用于配置该所有HARQ进程(组)。
在一些实施例中，该指示信息可以包括第一HARQ进程指示信息，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程(组)是HARQ-ACK反馈使能的，或者是HARQ-ACK反馈禁用的。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一个HARQ进程标识(ID)，该HARQ进程标识是HARQ反馈使能或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程的标识的最大值X，也就是说HARQ进程标识为0～X中的所有HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程；或者该HARQ进程标识是HARQ反馈使能或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程的标识的最小值Y，也就是说HARQ进程标识为Y～Z-1中的所有HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程，该Z可以是预配置的或预定义的或通过信令配置的HARQ进程数量，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制；或者该第一HARQ进程指示信息还可以结合使能/禁用指示信息进行指示，该使能/禁用指示信息用于指示该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程(例如ID为0～X或Y-Z-1)是HARQ反馈使能的还是HARQ反馈禁用的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以包含在该指示信息中，或者包含在该操作201中的DCI中，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。例如，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为使能时，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程标识(例如ID为0～X或Y-Z-1)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为禁用时，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的HARQ进程标识(例如ID为0～X或Y-Z-1)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的，该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一个HARQ进程标识(ID)，该第一HARQ进程指示信息与前述比特位图或第二HARQ进程指示信息联合指示，例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以指示前述部分HARQ进程，例如指示该部分HARQ 进程的标识的最大值X或最小值，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信息确定部分HARQ进程后，根据比特位图的各个比特指示该部分HARQ进程的每个HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的还是HARQ反馈禁用的，或者，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信息确定与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程后，确定该有对应关系的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的或者是HARQ反馈使能的；或者，该第一HARQ进程指示信息与前述第二HARQ进程指示信息以及使能/禁用指示信息联合指示，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信息确定与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程后，根据使能/禁用指示信息确定该有对应关系的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的或者是HARQ反馈使能的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一组HARQ进程标识(ID)，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组HARQ进程标识对应的HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能的，或者都是HARQ反馈禁用的，其他的与该一组HARQ进程标识不对应的HARQ进程默认是HARQ反馈使能的或者默认是HARQ反馈禁用的。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一组HARQ进程标识(ID)，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以结合使能/禁用指示信息进行指示，该使能/禁用指示信息用于指示该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组HARQ进程标识对应的各个HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的还是HARQ反馈禁用的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以包含在该指示信息中，或者包含在该操作201中的DCI中，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。例如，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为使能时，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组HARQ进程标识对应的HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能的，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为禁用时，该第二HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组HARQ进程标识对应的HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈禁用的，该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息还可以与前述第二HARQ进程指示信息以及使能/禁用指示信息联合指示，例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以指示前述与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信 息确定与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程(与一组HARQ进程标识对应的HARQ进程)后，根据使能/禁用指示信息确定该有对应关系的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的或者是HARQ反馈使能的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
上述内容中，与一个HARQ进程标识对应的HARQ进程是指该HARQ进程的标识是该一个HARQ进程标识。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一个第二偏移值offset，该第二偏移值offset可以是HARQ进程标识的偏移值，例如，该第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程标识是HARQ反馈使能或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程的标识的最大值X，也就是说HARQ进程标识为0～X中的所有HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程；或者，该第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程标识是HARQ反馈使能的或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程的标识的最小值Y，也就是说该第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程标识为Y～Z-1中的所有HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能或者HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程，该Z可以是预配置的或预定义的或通过信令配置的HARQ进程数量，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制；或者该第一HARQ进程指示信息还可以结合使能/禁用指示信息进行指示，该使能/禁用指示信息用于指示该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程(例如ID为0～X或Y-Z-1)是HARQ反馈使能的还是HARQ反馈禁用的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以包含在该指示信息中，或者包含在该操作201中的DCI中，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。例如，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为使能时，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程标识(例如ID为0～X或Y-Z-1)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为禁用时，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程标识(例如ID为0～X或Y-Z-1)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的，该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一个第二偏移值offset，该第一HARQ进程指示信息与前述比特位图或第二HARQ进程指示信息联合指示，例如，该第一 HARQ进程指示信息可以通过该第二偏移值指示前述部分HARQ进程，例如指示该部分HARQ进程的标识的最大值或最小值(分别对应最大第二偏移值和最小第二偏移值)，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信息确定部分HARQ进程后，根据比特位图的各个比特指示该部分HARQ进程的每个HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的还是HARQ反馈禁用的，或者，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信息确定与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程后，确定该有对应关系的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的或者是HARQ反馈使能的；或者，该第一HARQ进程指示信息与前述第二HARQ进程指示信息以及使能/禁用指示信息联合指示，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信息确定与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程后，根据使能/禁用指示信息确定该有对应关系的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的或者是HARQ反馈使能的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一组第二偏移值，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程标识对应的HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能的，或者都是HARQ反馈禁用的，其他的与该一组第二偏移值不对应的HARQ进程默认是HARQ反馈使能的或者默认是HARQ反馈禁用的。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以是一组第二偏移值，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以结合使能/禁用指示信息进行指示，该使能/禁用指示信息用于指示该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组第二偏移值对应的各个HARQ进程是HARQ反馈使能的还是HARQ反馈禁用的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以包含在该指示信息中，或者包含在该操作201中的DCI中，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。例如，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为使能时，该第一HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能的，在使能/禁用指示信息指示为禁用时，该第二HARQ进程指示信息指示的一组第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈禁用的，该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息还可以与前述第二HARQ进程指示信息以及 使能/禁用指示信息联合指示，例如，该第一HARQ进程指示信息可以指示前述与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程，在根据该第一HARQ进程指示信息确定与第二HARQ进程指示信息有对应关系的HARQ进程(与一组第二偏移值对应的HARQ进程)后，根据使能/禁用指示信息确定该有对应关系的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用的或者是HARQ反馈使能的。该使能/禁用指示信息可以是1比特的指示信息，在该比特的值是0时，指示为HARQ反馈禁用的，在该比特的值是1时，指示为HARQ反馈使能的，反之亦可，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该指示信息中的各个信息均由如上高层信令承载，或者，该指示信息包括比特位图和/或第一HARQ进程指示信息和/或第二HARQ进程指示信息时，该指示信息由上述高层信令承载，上述使能/禁用指示信息由操作201中的DCI承载(例如第四信息域承载该使能/禁用指示信息)；或者，该指示信息中包括使能/禁用指示信息时，该指示信息可以由操作201中的DCI承载承载，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。
在一些实施例中，终端设备可以根据该指示信息和该DCI确定该DCI调度的一个或多个PDSCHs对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用或是HARQ反馈使能的，例如，根据该指示信息和/或由DCI承载的使能/禁用指示信息确定DCI指示的HARQ进程，以及确定指示的HARQ进程是反馈使能还是反馈禁用，然后确定该DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ进程，进而确定调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能还是反馈禁用，其中，该一个或多个PDSCHs包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，该方法还可以包括(未图示)：该终端设备接收一个或多个PDSCHs，例如终端设备可以从时隙n-N+1到时隙n上接收PDSCHs，在202中，在时隙n+k1上使用上行资源(PUCCH或PUSCH)发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。k1的值可以由该DCI指示或者由高层信令指示，该k1含义以及指示方式可以根据根据现有技术确定。该HARQ反馈信息包含在HARQ-ACK码本中。换句话说，在接收了多个DCI的情况下，该多个DCI(或者说该多个DCI调度的PDSCH)的HARQ-ACK反馈的时域位置(例如时隙n+k1)相同。
在一些实施例中，该HARQ-ACK码本可以是半静态码本，关于该半静态码本的大小以及生成方式可以参考现有技术，此处不再一一赘述，该半静态码本中至少包含 针对一个或多个PDSCHs的HARQ反馈信息，以下仅说明在不同场景下如何确定该一个或多个PDSCHs的HARQ反馈信息。
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中DCI调度的PDSCH可以指该DCI指示的PDSCH TDRA配置对应的PDSCH(配置PDSCH)，也可以指该DCI实际调度的PDSCH(实际PDSCH)，本申请并不以此作为限制。例如，该实际PDSCH可以是满足第一条件的配置PDSCH，或者该实际PDSCH可以等同于该配置PDSCH，在一些实施例中，上该第一条件可以是与半静态配置的传输方向(或者说用于半静态配置传输方向的信息)和/或配置的PRACH资源和/或用于动态调度上行传输的信息和/或用于动态配置传输方向的信息有关的条件，例如该实际PDSCH可以是不包括被半静态配置的传输方向为上行的符号的配置PDSCH，或者说该实际PDSCH可以是有对应HARQ进程的配置PDSCH，此处不再一一举例。也就是说，在本申请实施例中，“DCI调度的PDSCH”与“DCI调度的配置PDSCH”，“DCI实际调度的PDSCH”，“DCI调度的时机PDSCH”，“DCI调度的PDSCH中的实际PDSCH”的表述可以互换。“HARQ反馈信息”与“HARQ-ACK信息”的表述可以互换。
在一些实施例中，在终端设备没有配置或激活SPS时，或者说不考虑终端设备是否配置或激活SPS，在该DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关也可以表示忽略第二PDSCH的解码结果，而将该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设为NACK。也就是说，即使第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息仍设为NACK。其中，该第二PDSCH可以是一个或多个，由于该第二PDSCH对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的，也就是说，终端设备是可以不发送针对该HARQ进程的第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，这时，可以无需考虑该第二PDSCH的实际解码结果，而直接该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
在一些实施例中，在终端设备没有配置或激活SPS时，或者说不考虑终端设备是否配置或激活SPS，在该DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，该第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。其中，该第一PDSCH可以是一个或多个，由于该第一PDSCH对应HARQ 进程是反馈使能的，也就是说，终端设备需要发送针对该HARQ进程的第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，这时，需要考虑该第一PDSCH的实际解码结果，在解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
在一些实施例中，在该终端设备还被配置或激活了SPS，且该SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用时，该SPS PDSCH和该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同或不同，该第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关(在解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK)。其中，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ进程可以使用如下公式(1)或(2)确定：:
HARQ Process ID＝[floor(CURRENT_slot×10/(numberOfSlotsPerFrame×periodicity))]modulo nrofHARQ-Processes         公式(1)
HARQ Process ID＝[floor(CURRENT_slot×10/(numberOfSlotsPerFrame×periodicity))]modulo nrofHARQ-Processes+harq-ProcID-Offset       公式(2)
其中，CURRENT_slot等于[(SFN×numberOfSlotsPerFrame)+slot number in the frame]，其中，numberOfSlotsPerFrame是一个系统帧包括的时隙的数量，nrofHARQ-Processes是HARQ进程数量，harq-ProcID-Offset是HARQ进程标识偏移(例如是相对于HARQ进程标识0的偏移)，包含在SPS配置信息SPS-Config中。对于没有被配置harq-ProcID-Offset的情况，与下行传输的开始时隙相关联的HARQ进程标识可以采用公式(1)确定，对于配置了harq-ProcID-Offset的情况，与下行传输的开始时隙相关联的HARQ进程标识可以采用公式(2)确定。另外，在用于激活SPS的DCI调度多个PDSCHs时，SPS PDSCH的HARQ进程标识还与DCI调度的PDSCH的数量和/或PDSCH时域资源在该DCI调度的至少两个PDSCHs时域资源中的序号有关，具体可以参考现有技术，此处不再一一赘述。另外，在支持配置HARQ进程是反馈使能或反馈禁用的情况下，还需要根据HARQ进程是反馈使能或反馈禁用来确定SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ进程，例如0～harq-ProcID-Offset范围内的HARQ进程标识对应的HARQ进程都是HARQ反馈使能，或者都是HARQ反馈禁用的，此处不再一一举例。
例如，该SPS PDSCH和该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同包括：该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，即忽略SPS PDSCH的解码结果，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设为NACK，且该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，即忽略第二PDSCH的解码结果，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设为NACK，也就是说，即使第二PDSCH和SPS PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)，该第二PDSCH和SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息仍设为NACK。或该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，也就是，在SPS PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在SPS PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
例如，该SPS PDSCH和该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式不同包括：该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，即忽略第二PDSCH的解码结果，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设为NACK(即使第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息仍设为NACK)，也就是，在SPS PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在SPS PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，但该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息始终为NACK；或该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，即忽略SPS PDSCH的解码结果，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设为NACK(即使SPS PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息仍设为NACK)，且该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，也就是，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，但该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息始 终为NACK。
在一些实施例中，将对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH称为第一PDSCH，将对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH称为第二PDSCH，第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH可以是上述配置PDSCH或实际PDSCH，或者说，该第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH有对应的HARQ进程。在201中，该至少一个DCI包括第一DCI和/或第二DCI和/或第三DCI，该第一DCI调度多个PDSCHs，且该多个PDSCHs包括至少一个第一PDSCH和至少一个第二PDSCH；该第二DCI调度多个PDSCHs(或可以调度多个PDSCHs)，且该多个PDSCHs都是第二PDSCH，或该第二DCI仅调度一个PDSCH(仅可以调度一个PDSCH)，该一个PDSCH是第二PDSCH；该第三DCI调度多个PDSCHs(或可以调度多个PDSCHs)，且该多个PDSCH都是第一PDSCH，或该第三DCI调度一个PDSCH(仅可以调度一个PDSCH)，该一个PDSCH是第一PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，在201中，终端设备可以仅接收一个或多个第一DCI，或者仅接收一个或多个第二DCI或者仅接收一个或多个第三DCI，或者除了接收至少一个第一DCI或至少一个第二DCI外，还接收到至少一个第三DCI，以下分别对接收到不同DCI的情况说明如何确定该一个或多个PDSCHs的HARQ反馈信息。
(一)在终端设备没有配置或激活SPS时
在一些实施例中，在仅接收到至少一个该第一DCI时，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关(忽略第二PDSCH的实际解码结果)，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
例如，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
例如，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败) 时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
在以上实施例中，仅接收到至少一个第一DCI是指在该第一DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的反馈时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，终端设备没有接收到对应该时域位置(例如时隙n+k)的其他第二DCI和/或第三DCI，或者说，在该第一DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，如果接收到第二DCI和/或第三DCI，但第二DCI和/或第三DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时对应的时隙位置与该第一DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)不同，也表示仅接收到至少一个第一DCI。另外，在接收到多个第一DCI时，多个第一DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的反馈时域位置(或者说对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的时域位置)相同。
在一些实施例中，在仅接收到至少一个该第二DCI时，该第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，该第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果无关(忽略第二PDSCH的实际解码结果)。
例如，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，或者忽略第二DCI调度的第二PDSCH的解码结果，将该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设为NACK。
在以上实施例中，仅接收到至少一个第二DCI是指在该第二DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的反馈时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，终端设备没有接收到对应该时域位置(例如时隙n+k)的其他第一DCI和/或第三DCI，或者说，在该第二DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，如果接收到第一DCI和/或第三DCI，但第一DCI和/或第三DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时对应的时隙位置与该第二DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)不同，也表示仅接收到至少一个第二DCI。另外，在接收到多个第二DCI时，多个第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的反馈时域位置(或者说对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的时域位置)相同。
在一些实施例中，在仅接收到至少一个该第三DCI时，该第三DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第三DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关。
例如，在第三DCI调度的第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
在以上实施例中，仅接收到至少一个第三DCI是指在该第三DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的反馈时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，终端设备没有接收到对应该时域位置(例如时隙n+k)的其他第一DCI和/或第二DCI，或者说，在该第三DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，如果接收到第一DCI和/或第二DCI，但第一DCI和/或第二DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时对应的时隙位置与该第三DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)不同，也表示仅接收到至少一个第三DCI。另外，在接收到多个第三DCI时，多个第三DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的反馈时域位置(或者说对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的时域位置)相同。
在一些实施例中，在接收到至少一个该第一DCI和/或至少一个该第二DCI，并且还接收到至少一个该第三DCI时，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关(忽略第二PDSCH的实际解码结果)，该第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，该第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
例如，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
例如，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
在以上实施例中，在该第一DCI和/或第二DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的反馈时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，终端设备还接收到对应该时域位置(例如时隙n+k)的第三DCI，或者说，在该第一DCI和/或第二DCI对 应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)之前的预定时间段内，接收到第三DCI，且第三DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时对应的时隙位置与该第一DCI或第二DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)相同。另外，至少一个第一DCI和/或至少一个第二DCI，与至少一个第三DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的反馈时域位置(或者说对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的时域位置)相同。
(二)在终端设备被配置或激活SPS时
在一些实施例中，在该终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且该SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且仅接收到至少一个该第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个该第三DCI时，或者，在该终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且接收到至少一个该第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个该第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时：
该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式相同，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；
例如，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息和SPS PDSCH对应的反馈信息为NACK(忽略第二PDSCH和SPS PDSCH的实际解码结果)，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
或者，该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式相同，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关；
例如，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK,在SPS PDSCH解码成功 (接收成功)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在SPS PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
或者，该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式不同，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关；
例如，该SPS PDSCH对应的反馈信息为NACK(忽略SPS PDSCH的实际解码结果)，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK；在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
或者，该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式不同，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
例如，该第二PDSCH对应的反馈信息为NACK(忽略第二PDSCH的实际解码结果)，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK；在SPS PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在SPS PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
在一些实施例中，在该终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且该SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且仅接收到至少一个该第二DCI时：
该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式相同，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；
例如，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ 反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，在SPS PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在SPS PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
或者，该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式相同，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，该第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关。
例如，忽略第二DCI调度的第二PDSCH的解码结果以及SPS PDSCH的解码结果，将该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息和SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息都设为NACK。
在一些实施例中，在该终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且该SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且仅接收到至少一个该第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个该第二DCI或仅接收到至少一个该第三DCI时，或者，在该终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且接收到至少一个该第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个该第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时，
该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式相同，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息该SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；
例如，忽略第二DCI调度的第二PDSCH的解码结果以及SPS PDSCH的解码结果，将该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息和SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息都设为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
或者，该SPS PDSCH与第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的确定方式相同，该第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，该SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关。
例如，在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，在SPS PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在SPS PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
在以上实施例(二)中，在该第一DCI和/或第二DCI和/或第三DCI之间，以及该第一DCI和/或第二DCI和/或第三DCI与SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈定时(前述k)对应的反馈时域位置(或者说对应的HARQ-ACK信息反馈的时域位置)相同。仅接收到第一DCI和/或仅接收到第二DCI和/或仅接收到第三DCI的含义如(一)中所述，此处不再赘述。
值得注意的是，以上附图2仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明，但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序，此外还可以增加其它的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型，而不仅限于上述附图2的记载。
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明，但本申请不限于此，还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如，可以单独使用上述各个实施例，也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。
由上述实施例可知，可以在支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制的情况下发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输时延。
第二方面的实施例
图3是本申请实施例的信息反馈方法的一示意图，应用于终端设备侧，如图3所示，该方法包括：
301，该终端设备接收的第四下行控制信息(DCI)，该第四DCI包括累计下行分配指示(counter downlink assignment indicator，C-DAI)信息和/或总DAI(total downlink assignment indicator，C-DAI)信息；
302，该终端设备根据该累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，该第四DCI可以用于调度PDSCH，该DCI调度的PDSCH包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。该第四DCI可以调度一个或多个PDSCH；DCI调度一个PDSCH，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表仅支持通过一个DCI调度一个PDSCH；或者，该DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，该DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs，关于其具体实施方式可以参考第一方面的实施例，此处不再赘述，但本申请实施例并不以此作为限制，例如该第四DCI还可以用于调度PUSCH(一个或多个PUSCHs)，或者该第四DCI不调度数据传输，此处不再一一举例，该第四DCI的格式可以是1_0或1_1，具体可以参考现有技术。
在一些实施例中，该第四DCI包括C-DAI和/或T-DAI，在传统方法中，C-DAI表示以{服务小区，PDCCH监控时机}对表示的累计接收到的与DCI格式1_1/1_0相关联的PDSCH或者SPS PDSCH释放数量，累计个数的统计顺序为：先按服务小区索引升序，再按PDCCH监控时机索引升序。T-DAI值表示{服务小区，PDCCH监控时机}对的总数，相同PDCCH监控时机上的所有服务小区的T-DAI相同，T-DAI随着PDCCH监控时机索引更新，C-DAI表示，T-DAI表示，图4是传统方法C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图4所示，在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区2上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI,其中，T-DAI的值为3，各个服务小区上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列；在第二个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为5，服务小区1和3上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列，也就是说，传统方法中，在C-DAI和T-DAI计数时，没有考虑是否支持HARQ进程可以被指示或配置为反馈使能或者反馈禁用，或者说，没有考虑DCI调度的PDSCH是否包含对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用或者反馈使能的PDSCH。
为了支持HARQ进程可以被指示或配置为反馈使能或者反馈禁用，在本申请实施例中，提出了一种与传统方法不同的C-DAI和T-DAI计数以及统计方法，在C-DAI和T-DAI计数时，需要考虑DCI调度的PDSCH是否包含对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用或者反馈使能的PDSCH，该累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度 PDSCH的DCI以DCI为粒度计数和/或以PDSCH为粒度计数，以下分别进行说明C-DAI和T-DAI计数以及统计方法以及各方法下如何根据该累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息。
(一)以DCI为粒度计数
在一些实施例中，可以参与计数的DCI可以包括实际接收到调度PDSCH的DCI，也可以包括漏检(没有接收到的)的(用于调度或不用于调度PDSCH)DCI，也可以包括激活SPS的DCI，也可以包括实际接收的包括了与上行冲突的PDSCH的DCI，但可以参与计数的DCI需要包括至少一个有对应HARQ进程的DCI，以下为方便说明，各示例图中DCI调度的PDSCH是指有对应HARQ进程的PDSCH，该说明同样适用于后述(二)。
图28A至图28C是以DCI为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图28A至图28C所示，发送DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的上行资源(时域位置)相同，如图28A所示，C-DAI和T-DAI以实际接收到的DCI为粒度进行计数，如图28B所示，与图28A不同之处在于，漏检(没有接收到的)的(用于调度或不用于调度PDSCH)DCI也参与计数，如图28C所示，包括至少一个有上行冲突的PDSCH的DCI也参与计数。
在一些实施例中，在可以参与计数的DCI中，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH中包含至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。该C-DAI和/或T-DAI不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。需要说明的是，前述DCI是泛指的DCI，并不特指301中的第四DCI。
例如，针对用于调度PDSCH的第四DCI，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH和至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI统计该第四DCI，或者说在计数时，计入该第四DCI。该第四DCI中C-DAI和/或T-DAI表示的含义与现有类似，此处不再重复。
图5是以DCI为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图5所示，与图4不同之处在于，第一个PDCCH监控时机上服务小区1接收的DCI调度的PDSCH中包括1个第二PDSCH，但由于该DCI调度的PDSCH还包括3个第一PDSCH，因此，该 DCI也被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，即在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区2上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI,其中，T-DAI的值为3，各个服务小区上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列；在第二个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为5，服务小区1和3上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列。
在上述实施例中，终端设备根据该累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息包括：该第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，即忽略该第二PDSCH的实际解码结果，将该第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设为NACK，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
或者，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，即在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK；在第二PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第二PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
例如，针对用于调度PDSCH的第四DCI，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH都是第一PDSCH，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI统计该第四DCI，或者说在计数时，计入该第四DCI。该第四DCI中C-DAI和/或T-DAI表示的含义与现有类似，此处不再重复。如图4所示，各个PDCCH监控时机上各个服务小区接收的DCI调度的PDSCH中仅包括一个或多个第一PDSCH，不包括第二PDSCH，因此，各个DCI都被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，即在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区2上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI,其中，T-DAI的值为3，各个 服务小区上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列；在第二个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为5，服务小区1和3上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列。
在上述实施例中，终端设备根据该累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息包括：该第四DCI调度的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与该第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。
例如，针对用于调度PDSCH的第四DCI，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH都是第二PDSCH，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI不统计该第四DCI，或者说在计数时，不计入该第四DCI。对于该第四DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI可以是接收到的DCI(该DCI调度PDSCH中包括至少一个第一PDSCH)的累计个数，例如C-DAI和/或T-DAI可以等于该第四DCI接收的PDCCH监控时机为止的各监控时机的各个服务小区上接收到的DCI(该DCI调度PDSCH中包括至少一个第一PDSCH)的总数。
图6是以DCI为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图6所示，与图4不同之处在于，第一个PDCCH监控时机上服务小区1接收的DCI调度的PDSCH中仅包第二PDSCH，不包括第一PDSCH，因此，该DCI不被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，即在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区2和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为2，各个服务小区上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列；在第二个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为4，服务小区1和3上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列。
图7是以DCI为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图7所示，与第一个PDCCH监控时机上服务小区1接收的DCI中调度的PDSCH中仅包第二PDSCH，不包括第一PDSCH，因此，该DCI不被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，与图6不同之处在于，该DCI(第四DCI)中可以包括T-DAI，T-DAI可以等于该第一PDCCH监控时机上个各个服务小区上接收到的DCI(该DCI调度PDSCH中包括至少一个第一PDSCH)的总数2。
图8是以DCI为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图8所示，与第一个 PDCCH监控时机上服务小区1接收的DCI中调度的PDSCH中仅包第二PDSCH，不包括第一PDSCH，因此，该DCI不被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，与图7不同之处在于，该DCI(第四DCI)中还可以包括C-DAI。C-DAI可以等于该第一PDCCH监控时机上个各个服务小区上接收到的DCI(该DCI调度PDSCH中包括至少一个第一PDSCH)的总数2。
在上述实施例中，由于该第四DCI调度的都是第二PDSCH，因此，不需要生成针对所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
需要说明的是，上述图5至图8仅与图28A中的场景结合说明如何以DCI为粒度进行计数，但图5至图8也可以与图28B至图28C中的场景结合，此处不再一一赘述。
在上述实施例中，在终端设备接收多个DCI后，使用与上述第四DCI调度的PDSCH相同的方法之一确定各DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息后，可以生成动态码本，该动态码本中包括X个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，X等于最后一个接收到的DCI中的T-DAI值，某个DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息排列在动态码本的第Y个位置，Y等于该DCI中C-DAI的值，即终端设备将该HARQ反馈信息包含在码本中在确定的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置进行发送，关于该时域位置将在后述进行说明；另外，在考虑SPS PDSCH的情况，或者在支持编码块组情况，该动态码本的生成方式可以参考现有技术，此处不再一一赘述。
(二)以PDSCH为粒度计数
在一些实施例中，可以参与计数的PDSCH可以包括实际接收到调度PDSCH的DCI调度的PDSCH，也可以包括漏检(没有接收到的)的(用于调度或不用于调度PDSCH)DCI调度的PDSCH，也可以包括实际接收的包括了与上行冲突的PDSCH的DCI调度的其他不与上行冲突的PDSCH，但可以参与计数的DCI调度的PDSCH需要有对应HARQ进程。
图29A至图29C是以PDSCH为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图29A至图29C所示，发送DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的上行资源(时域位置)相同，如图29A所示，C-DAI和T-DAI以实际接收到的DCI调度的PDCCH为粒度进行计数，如图29B所示，与图29A不同之处在于，漏检(没有接收到的)的(用于调度或不用于调度PDSCH)DCI调度的PDSCH也可以参与计数，如图29C 所示，与图29A不同之处在于，调度包括至少一个与上行冲突的PDSCH的DCI调度的其他PDSCH也可以参与计数。
图30A至图30C是以PDSCH为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图30A至图30C所示，发送DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的上行资源(时域位置)相同，与图29A至图29C的不同之处在于，在一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs时，图29A至图29C中的C-DAI指示该DCI调度的最后一个PDSCH对应的序号，而图30A至图30C中的C-DAI指示该DCI调度的第一个PDSCH对应的序号。以下仅以C-DAI指示该DCI调度的最后一个PDSCH对应的序号为例进行说明。
在一些实施例中，在可以参与计数的PDSCH中，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH。该累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。需要说明的是，前述DCI是泛指的DCI，并不特指301中的第四DCI。通过以PDSCH为粒度计数，在使用动态码本反馈HARQ-ACK信息时，可以减少码本大小，降低资源开销。
例如，针对用于调度PDSCH的第四DCI，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH和至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI统计该第四DCI调度的第一PDSCH，或者说在计数时，计入该第四DCI调度的第一PDSCH。该第四DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI可以等于该第四DCI接收的PDCCH监控时机为止的各监控时机的各个服务小区上接收到的第一PDSCH的累计数。
图9是以PDSCH为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图9所示，第一个PDCCH监控时机上服务小区1接收的DCI调度的PDSCH中包括1个第二PDSCH，但由于该DCI调度的PDSCH还包括3个第一PDSCH，该第四DCI中仅3个第一被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，即在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区2上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI,其中，T-DAI的值为6，各个服务小区上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列；在第二个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，在服务小区3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为9，服务小区1和3上的C-DAI按照服务小区索引升序排列。
在上述实施例中，终端设备根据该累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反 馈信息包括：该第四DCI调度的第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。也就是说，不需要生成第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
例如，针对用于调度PDSCH的第四DCI，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH都是第一PDSCH，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI统计该第四DCI调度的各个第一PDSCH，或者说在计数时，计入该第四DCI调度的各个第一PDSCH。该第四DCI中的C-DAI可以等于该第四DCI接收的PDCCH监控时机为止的调度的第一PDSCH的当前累计数，该第四DCI中的T-DAI可以等于该第四DCI接收的PDCCH监控时机为止的各监控时机的各个服务小区上接收到的第一PDSCH的总数。
图10是以PDSCH为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图10所示，由于各个监控时机对应的各个服务小区上接收的DCI都仅调度第一PDSCH，因此各个第一PDSCH都被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，即在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1～3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为7，C-DAI的值依次为5,6,7；在第二个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为10，服务小区1和3上的C-DAI依次为9和10。
在上述实施例中，终端设备根据该累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息包括：该第四DCI调度的第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，在第一PDSCH解码成功(接收成功)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为ACK，在第一PDSCH解码失败(接收失败)时，将第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息设置为NACK。也就是说，由于该第四DCI不包括第二PDSCH，因此不需要生成第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
例如，针对用于调度PDSCH的第四DCI，该第四DCI调度的PDSCH都是第二PDSCH，该C-DAI和/或T-DAI不统计该第四DCI调度的所有第二PDSCH，或者说在计数时，不计入该第四DCI调度的所有第二PDSCH。该第四DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI可以等于该第四DCI接收的PDCCH监控时机为止的各监控时机的各个服务小区上接收到的第一PDSCH的累计数。
图11是以PDSCH为粒度计数的C-DAI和T-DAI示意图，如图11所示，由于第 四DCI都仅调度第二PDSCH，因此该第四DCI调度的第二PDSCH都不被C-DAI和/或T-DAI计入，即在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区2～3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为3，C-DAI的值依次为1,3；在第二个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1和3上接收到的DCI中包括C-DAI和T-DAI，其中，T-DAI的值为6，服务小区1和3上的C-DAI依次为5,6，在第一个PDCCH监控时机上，服务小区1上接收到的DCI中包括T-DAI为2。
在上述实施例中，由于该第四DCI调度的都是第二PDSCH，因此，不需要生成针对所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
在上述实施例中，在终端设备接收多个DCI后，使用与上述第四DCI调度的PDSCH相同的方法之一确定各DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息后，可以生成动态码本，该动态码本中包括X个PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，X等于最后一个接收到的DCI中的T-DAI值，某个DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息排列在动态码本的第Y个位置，Y等于该DCI中C-DAI的值，即终端设备将该HARQ反馈信息包含在码本中在确定的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置进行发送，关于该时域位置将在后述进行说明；另外，在考虑SPS PDSCH的情况，或者在支持编码块组情况，该动态码本的生成方式可以参考现有技术，此处不再一一赘述。
在一些实施例中，上述(一)和(二)中的方法可以单独执行，也可以结合执行，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。
在一些实施例中，在该第四DCI调度的PDSCH都是第二PDSCH时，该第四DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI为特定值。
例如，只接收到调度的(一个或多个)PDSCH对应HARQ process是反馈禁用的第四DCI(一个或多个)，但有漏检(没有接收到的)的(用于调度或不用于调度PDSCH)DCI(例如根据接收到的DCI中的C-DAI/T-DAI确定)时，也需要发送HARQ反馈信息，该HARQ反馈信息包含的信息比特均为NACK。该第四DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI设置一个特定值，e.g.0,而不需要根据调度情况改变(不需要根据其他DCI的数量或其他DCI调度的PDSCH数量改变)。
在一些实施例中，该方法还可以包括(未图示)：该终端设备接收一个或多个PDSCHs，例如终端设备可以从时隙n-N+1到时隙n上接收PDSCHs，该方法还可以包括：
该终端设备在该接收的PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送该HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
例如，该终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置，该HARQ反馈定时k指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。如，该时域位置可以是时隙和/或符号。由此，可以进一步降低反馈时延。
图12和图13是该发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置示意图，如图12和13所示，该时域位置时隙n+k与该DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ-ACK反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置时隙n的偏移等于HARQ反馈定时k，k的值可以由该DCI指示或者由高层信令指示。
例如，该第四DCI包括第一信息域，该第一信息域用于指示该HARQ反馈定时，或者，该方法还包括：(未图示)
该终端设备接收高层信令，该高层信令用于指示该HARQ反馈定时k。
关于k的承载方式可以参考现有技术，此处不再赘述，在接收了多个DCI的情况下，该多个DCI(或者说该多个DCI调度的PDSCH)的HARQ-ACK反馈的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)相同。
在一些实施例中，确定DCI调度的PDSCH是第一PDSCH还是第二PDSCH的方法可以参考第一方面的实施例，此处不再赘述。
由上述实施例可知，可以在支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制的情况下发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输时延。
第三方面的实施例
本申请实施例提供一种信息反馈方法，从终端设备侧说明，其中，与第一或第二 方面的实施例的重复部分不再赘述。
图14是本申请实施例的信息接收方法的一示意图，如图14所示，该方法包括：
1401，该终端设备接收PDSCH，该PDSCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的；
1402，该终端设备不在该PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
在一些实施例中，在1401中，该PDSCH可以是DCI调度的一个或多个PDSCHs中的PDSCH，也可以是SPS PDSCH，在该PDSCH是DCI调度的一个或多个PDSCHs中的PDSCH时，例如，该DCI调度多个PDSCHs，终端设备接收调度的多个PDSCHs的一个或部分或全部PDSCH，换句话说，1401中接收该PDSCH中的多个PDSCH由同一DCI调度的，本申请实施例并不以此作为限制，确定该PDSCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的方法如第一方面所述，此处不再赘述。
因此，可以在同时支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制以及通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs这一调度方式的情况下不发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，不仅可以减少终端设备的PDCCH的监听次数以降低终端设备监听PDCCH的复杂度和功耗，同时也可以减小用于发送下行控制信令(DCI)的资源开销以提升数据吞吐量；另一方面，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输时延。
在一些实施例中，该时域位置的确定位置可以参考第一方面或第二方面的实施例，需要说明的是，该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH，也即该时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应该时域位置的下行传输，即没有下行传输在该时域位置反馈HARQ-ACK信息(码本)，例如，时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应该时域位置的PDSCH，换句话说，该时域位置上没有其他PDSCH需要发送与其他PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息(码本)。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH，和/或，所述终端设备根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH。
例如，该终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH。也就是说，根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI可以确定接收到的各个DCI，或各个DCI调度的PDSCH，由此确定该时域位置的预定时间之前是否有其他对应该 时域位置的下行传输(e.g PDSCH)，进而确定该时域位置是否仅对应该PDSCH(该时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应该时域位置的下行传输，确定该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH)。同样的，所述终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本，也就是说，根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI可以确定接收到的各个DCI，或各个DCI调度的PDSCH，由此确定该时域位置的预定时间之前是否有其他对应该时域位置的下行传输(e.g PDSCH)，进而确定该时域位置是否仅对应该PDSCH，进而确定是否在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本(该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH，确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本，上述DCI可以是调度该接收PDSCH的DCI，但本申请实施例并不以此作为限制，上述DCI还可以是调度该接收PDSCH的DCI之前预定时间或之后预定时间内接收到的DCI。
在一些实施例中，在以下1)-3)的情况中，所述终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定需要在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本(半静态码本或动态码本)：
1)只接收到调度的(一个或多个)PDSCH对应HARQ process是反馈禁用的DCI(一个或多个)，但有漏检(没有接收到的)的(用于调度或不用于调度PDSCH)DCI(例如根据接收到的DCI中的C-DAI/T-DAI确定)。
2)只接收到一个DCI，该DCI调度的PDSCH对应HARQ process是反馈禁用，该DCI的C-DAI不为第一特定值，e.g.1，和/或，T-DAI(如该DCI包括)不为第二特定值，e.g.1。(假设C-DAI基于DCI计数)。
3)只接收到一个DCI，该DCI调度的PDSCH对应HARQ process是反馈禁用，且该DCI的C-DAI不为第一特定值，e.g.1，或者为该DCI调度的PDSCH数，和/或，T-DAI(如该DCI包括)不为第二特定值，e.g.1，或者Wie该DCI调度的PDSCH数。(假设DAI基于PDSCH计数)。
在上述情况1)-3)中，该反馈码本的信息比特都是NACK，上述DCI是仅可以调度一个PDSCH的DCI或者可以调度多个PDSCH的DCI。
图15A至图15C以接收到一个DCI，且该DCI调度一个PDSCH为例说明上述情况1)-3)的C-DAI和T-DAI；图31A至图31D以接收到一个DCI，且该DCI调 度多个PDSCH为例说明上述情况1)-3)的C-DAI和T-DAI，图31A至图31D中，DAI以DCI为粒度计数；图32A至图32D以接收到一个DCI，且该DCI调度多个PDSCH为例说明上述情况1)-3)的C-DAI和T-DAI，图32A至图32D中，DAI以PDCCH为粒度计数；也就是在图15A至图15C，图31A至图31D，图32A至图32D的场景下，终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定需要在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本(半静态码本或动态码本)，但该反馈码本的信息比特都是NACK。
在一些实施例中，除了PDCCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的情况下，在以下4)-6)的情况中，所述终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定不需要在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本(半静态码本或动态码本)：
4)只接收到调度的PDSCH对应HARQ process是反馈禁用的DCI(一个或多个)，且没有漏检(没有接收到的)的(用于调度或不用于调度PDSCH)DCI(例如根据接收到的DCI中的C-DAI/T-DAI确定)。
5)只接收到一个DCI，该DCI调度的PDSCH对应HARQ process是反馈禁用，该DCI的C-DAI为第一特定值，e.g.0/1，和/或，T-DAI(如该DCI包括)为第二特定值，e.g.0/1。(假设C-DAI基于DCI计数)。
该DCI是仅可以调度一个PDSCH的DCI或可以调度多个PDSCH的DCI)
6)只接收到一个DCI，该DCI调度的PDSCH对应HARQ process是反馈禁用，且该DCI的C-DAI为第一特定值，e.g.0/1，或者该DCI调度的PDSCH数，和/或，T-DAI(如该DCI包括)为第二特定值，e.g.0/1,或者该DCI调度的PDSCH数。(假设DAI基于PDSCH计数)。
图33A至图33B以接收到一个DCI，且该DCI调度一个PDSCH为例说明上述情况4)-6)的C-DAI和T-DAI；图34A至图34B以接收到一个DCI，且该DCI调度多个PDSCH为例说明上述情况4)-6)的C-DAI和T-DAI，图34A至图34D中，DAI以DCI为粒度计数；图35A至图35D以接收到一个DCI，且该DCI调度多个PDSCH为例说明上述情况4)-6)的C-DAI和T-DAI，图35A至图35D中，DAI以PDCCH为粒度计数；也就是在图33A至图33B，图34A至图34B，图35A至图35D的场景下，终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定不需要在所述PDSCH对 应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本(半静态码本或动态码本)。
例如，终端设备根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH。也就是说，根据SPS配置和/或激活状态可以确定SPS PDSCH，由此确定该时域位置的预定时间之前是否有其他对应该时域位置的下行传输(e.g SPS PDSCH)，进而确定该时域位置是否仅对应该PDSCH(该时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应该时域位置的下行传输，确定该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH)。同样的，所述终端设备根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。也就是说，根据根据SPS配置和/或激活状态可以确定SPS PDSCH，由此确定该时域位置的预定时间之前是否有其他对应该时域位置的下行传输(e.g SPS PDSCH)，进而确定该时域位置是否仅对应该PDSCH，进而确定是否在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本(该时域位置仅对应该PDSCH，确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
在一些实施例中，该PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)可以根据调度该PDSCH的DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定，具体可以参考第一方面或第二方面的实施例，此处不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，在1402中，该HARQ反馈码本也可以只针对该接收PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
例如，在终端设备没有配置或激活SPS时，在终端设备仅接收到第一方面所述的至少一个第二DCI时，该1401中接收的PDSCH是DCI调度的PDSCH中的PDSCH，该第二DCI调度的所有第二PDSCH对应的HARQ进程都是反馈禁用的，这之后，在终端设备接收到该第二PDSCH中的一个或多个或全部PDSCH(以下统称为接收的PDSCH)时，可以跳过反馈码本(例如半静态码本)的生成(不生成该反馈码本)，也就是说，不在接收的PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送HARQ反馈信息(或者说码本)。至少两个第二DCI调度的PDSCH和SPS PDSCH对应相同的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
例如，在终端设备被配置或激活SPS PDSCH，且该1401中接收的PDSCH是SPS  PDSCH时，该终端设备可以跳过反馈码本(例如半静态码本)的生成(不生成该反馈码本)，也就是说，不在接收的SPS PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送针对该SPS PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息(或者说码本)。
例如，在终端设备被配置或激活SPS，且终端设备仅接收到第一方面所述的至少一个第二DCI时，该1401中接收的PDSCH包括DCI调度的PDSCH和SPS PDSCH，该终端设备可以跳过反馈码本(例如半静态码本)的生成(不生成该反馈码本)，也就是说，不在接收的DCI调度的PDSCH和SPS PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送针对该SPS PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息(或者说码本)。其中，该DCI调度的PDSCH和SPS PDSCH对应相同的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
例如，与第二方面的实施例不同之处在于，在终端设备仅接收到第二方面所述的至少一个第四DCI时，该1401中接收的PDSCH是第四DCI调度的PDSCH中的PDSCH，该第四DCI调度的所有第二PDSCH对应的HARQ进程都是反馈禁用的，这之后，在终端设备接收到该第二PDSCH中的一个或多个或全部PDSCH(以下统称为接收的PDSCH)时，可以忽略该第四DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI。
由上述实施例可知，针对对应HARQ进程反馈禁用的PDSCH，可以不在该PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本，由此，可以在支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制的情况下不发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输时延。
第四方面的实施例
本申请实施例提供一种信息反馈方法，从终端设备侧说明，其中，与第二方面或第三方面的实施例的重复部分不再赘述。
图16是本申请实施例的信息接收方法的一示意图，如图16所示，该方法包括：
1601，该终端设备接收调度PDSCH的DCI；
1602，该终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置；
1603，该终端设备在该确定的时域位置发送针对PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
关于该1601和1603的实施方式可以参考前述第二方面的实施例，此处不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
例如，该终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置，该HARQ反馈定时k指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。如，该时域位置可以是时隙和/或符号
例如，该DCI包括第一信息域，该第一信息域用于指示该HARQ反馈定时，或者，该方法还包括：(未图示)
该终端设备接收高层信令，该高层信令用于指示该HARQ反馈定时k。
关于k的承载方式可以参考现有技术，此处不再赘述，在接收了多个DCI的情况下，该多个DCI(或者说该多个DCI调度的PDSCH)的HARQ-ACK反馈的时域位置(例如时隙n+k)相同。另外，上述方法可以仅适用于反馈动态码本是确定HARQ反馈信息的时域位置，而不适用于反馈半静态码本是确定HARQ反馈信息的时域位置，但本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。
通过上述实施例，可以进一步降低反馈时延。
第五方面的实施例
本申请实施例提供一种信息接收方法，从网络设备侧说明，其中，与第一方面或第二方面的实施例的重复部分不再赘述。
图17是本申请实施例的信息接收方法的一示意图，如图17所示，该方法包括：
1701，网络设备向终端设备发送用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
1702，网络设备接收终端设备发送的针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，1601-1602的实施方式可以参考第一方面实施例的201-202，此处不再赘述。
图18是本申请实施例的信息接收方法的一示意图，如图18所示，该方法包括：
1801，网络设备向终端设备发送第四DCI，该第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
1802，网络设备接收终端设备发送的根据该累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定的HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，1801-1802的实施方式可以参考第一方面实施例的301-302，此处不再赘述。
上述DCI，累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息，HARQ反馈信息，第四DCI的实施方式可以参考前述实施例以及对应的第七方面的实施例，此处不再赘述。
第六方面的实施例
本申请实施例提供一种信息反馈装置。该装置例如可以是终端设备，也可以是配置于终端设备的某个或某些部件或者组件，与第一至第四方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。
图19是本申请实施例的信息反馈装置的另一示意图，如图19所示，信息反馈装置1900包括：
第一接收单元1901，其接收用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
第一发送单元1902，其发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH 的解码结果无关包括所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
在一些实施例中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，在所述终端设备还被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用时，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同或不同。
在一些实施例中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式不同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述终端设备在所述一个或多个PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置上发送所述HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，至少两个DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同，或至少一个DCI调度的PDSCH和所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同。
在一些实施例中，所述第一PDSCH和/或所述第二PDSCH是实际发送的PDSCH，和/或所述第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH有对应的HARQ进程。
在一些实施例中，所述至少一个DCI包括第一DCI和/或第二DCI和/或第三DCI，所述第一DCI调度多个PDSCHs，且所述多个PDSCHs包括至少一个对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH和至少一个对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH； 所述第二DCI调度多个第二PDSCHs，且所述多个第二PDSCHs都对应HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程，或所述第二DCI调度一个第二PDSCH，所述一个第二PDSCH对应HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程；所述第三DCI调度多个第一PDSCHs，且所述多个第一PDSCHs都对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程，或所述第三DCI调度一个第一PDSCH，所述一个第一PDSCH对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI时，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果无关。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，所述第三DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第三DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，在所述第一接收单元接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或至少一个所述第二DCI，并且还接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，或者，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且所述第一接收单元接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个所述第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关。
在一些实施例中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，或者，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且所述第一接收单元接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个所述第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一 PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，在所述DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时对应的时域位置之前的预定时间段内，所述第一接收单元没有接收到对应所述时域位置的其他DCI时，表示所述终端设备仅接收到所述DCI。
图20是本申请实施例的信息反馈装置的另一示意图，如图20所示，信息反馈装置1900包括：
第二接收单元2001，其接收的第四下行控制信息(DCI)，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
第一确定单元2002，其根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI以DCI为粒度计数和/或以PDSCH为粒度计数
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH中包含至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH和对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，所述累计DAI信息/或所述总DAI信息统计所述第四DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第四PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关或有关。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的 HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述装置还包括：
第二发送单元(未图示)，其在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送所述HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，所述装置还包括：
第二确定单元(未图示)，其根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
在一些实施例中，所述第二确定单元根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
在一些实施例中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第三接收单元(未图示)，其接收高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH和/或PUSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH，所述DCI调度的PDSCH包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI不调度数据传输。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度一个或多个PDSCH，所述第四DCI应用的 PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
图21是本申请实施例的信息反馈装置的另一示意图，如图21所示，信息反馈装置2100包括：
第四接收单元2101，其接收用于调度PDSCH的DCI；
第三确定单元2102，根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置；
第二发送单元2103，其在所述确定的时域位置发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，所述第三确定单元根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
在一些实施例中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
在一些实施例中，所述DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第五接收单元(未图示)，其接收高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
图22是本申请实施例的信息反馈装置的另一示意图，如图22所示，信息反馈装置2200包括：
第六接收单元2201，其接收PDSCH，所述PDSCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的；
处理单元2202，其不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
在一些实施例中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH包括：所述时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应所述时域位置的下行传输。
在一些实施例中，所述处理单元根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定所述时域 位置仅对应所述PDSCH，和/或，根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述处理单元根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本，和/或，根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
在一些实施例中，所述处理单元不生成所述PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈码本。
在一些实施例中，所述PDSCH包括DCI调度的PDSCH和/或SPS PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述PDSCH中的多个PDSCH由同一DCI调度。
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明，但本申请不限于此，还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如，可以单独使用上述各个实施例，也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。
值得注意的是，以上仅对与本申请相关的各部件或模块进行了说明，但本申请不限于此。信息反馈装置1900-2200还可以包括其它部件或者模块，关于这些部件或者模块的具体内容，可以参考相关技术。
此外，为了简单起见，图19-22中仅示例性示出了各个部件或模块之间的连接关系或信号走向，但是本领域技术人员应该清楚的是，可以采用总线连接等各种相关技术。上述各个部件或模块可以通过例如处理器、存储器、发射机、接收机等硬件设施来实现；本申请实施并不对此进行限制。
由上述实施例可知，可以在支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制的情况下发送或不发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输时延。
第七方面的实施例
本申请实施例提供一种信息接收装置。该装置例如可以是网络设备，也可以是配置于网络设备的某个或某些部件或者组件，与第五方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。
图23是本申请实施例的信息接收装置的另一示意图，如图23所示，信息接收装置2300包括：
第三发送单元2301，其向终端设备发送用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
第七接收单元2302，其接收所述终端设备发送的针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
在一些实施例中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，在所述终端设备还被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用时，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同或不同。
在一些实施例中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式不同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结 果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述第七接收单元在所述一个或多个PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置上接收所述HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，至少两个DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同，或至少一个DCI调度的PDSCH和所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同。
在一些实施例中，所述第一PDSCH和/或所述第二PDSCH是实际发送的PDSCH，和/或所述第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH有对应的HARQ进程。
图24是本申请实施例的信息接收装置的另一示意图，如图24所示，信息接收装置2400包括：
第四发送单元2401，其向终端设备发送第四DCI，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
第八接收单元2402，其接收所述终端设备发送的根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定的HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI以DCI为粒度计数和/或以PDSCH为粒度计数
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH中包含至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH和对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，所述累计DAI信息/或所述总DAI信息统计所述第四DCI。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第四PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关或有关。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁 用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
在一些实施例中，所述第八接收单元在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置接收所述HARQ反馈信息。
在一些实施例中，用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定的。
在一些实施例中，用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定的。
在一些实施例中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第五发送单元(未图示)，其向所述终端设备发送高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH和/或PUSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH，所述DCI调度的PDSCH包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI不调度数据传输。
在一些实施例中，所述第四DCI调度一个或多个PDSCH，所述第四DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
图25是本申请实施例的信息接收装置的另一示意图，如图25所示，信息接收装置2500包括：
第六发送单元2501，其发送用于调度PDSCH的DCI；
第七发送单元2502，在用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置接收所述终端设备发送的所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，所述时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定的。
在一些实施例中，所述时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定的。
在一些实施例中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
在一些实施例中，所述DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第八发送单元(未图示)，其发送高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明，但本申请不限于此，还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如，可以单独使用上述各个实施例，也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。
值得注意的是，以上仅对与本申请相关的各部件或模块进行了说明，但本申请不限于此。信息接收装置2300-2500还可以包括其它部件或者模块，关于这些部件或者模块的具体内容，可以参考相关技术。
此外，为了简单起见，图23-25中仅示例性示出了各个部件或模块之间的连接关系或信号走向，但是本领域技术人员应该清楚的是，可以采用总线连接等各种相关技术。上述各个部件或模块可以通过例如处理器、存储器、发射机、接收机等硬件设施来实现；本申请实施并不对此进行限制。
由上述实施例可知，可以在支持HARQ反馈使能/禁用这一HARQ机制的情况下发送或不发送HARQ反馈信息；因此，可以减少上行控制信令开销，同时，网络设备无需等待终端设备上报HARQ反馈信息即可发送新数据，进而可以降低数据传输 时延。
第八方面的实施例
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，可以参考图1，与第一方面至第四方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。
在一些实施例中，通信系统100至少可以包括：终端设备102和网络设备101。
在一些实施例中，该终端设备102的实施方式可以参考终端设备1100，该网络设备的实施方式可以参考网络设备100，此处不再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备，例如可以是基站，但本申请不限于此，还可以是其它的网络设备。
图27是本申请实施例的网络设备的构成示意图。如图27所示，网络设备2700可以包括：处理器2710(例如中央处理器CPU)和存储器2720；存储器2720耦合到处理器2710。其中该存储器2720可存储各种数据；此外还存储信息处理的程序2730，并且在处理器2710的控制下执行该程序2730。
例如，处理器2710可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第五方面的实施例所述的信息接收方法。
此外，如图27所示，网络设备2700还可以包括：收发机2740和天线2750等；其中，上述部件的功能与现有技术类似，此处不再赘述。值得注意的是，网络设备2700也并不是必须要包括图27中所示的所有部件；此外，网络设备2700还可以包括图10中没有示出的部件，可以参考现有技术。
本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备，但本申请不限于此，还可以是其它的设备。
图26是本申请实施例的终端设备的示意图。如图26所示，该终端设备2600可以包括处理器2610和存储器2620；存储器2620存储有数据和程序，并耦合到处理器2610。值得注意的是，该图是示例性的；还可以使用其它类型的结构，来补充或代替该结构，以实现电信功能或其它功能。
例如，处理器2610可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第一或第二或第三或第四方面的实施例所述的信息反馈方法。
如图26所示，该终端设备2600还可以包括：通信模块2630、输入单元2640、显式器2650、电源2660。其中，上述部件的功能与现有技术类似，此处不再赘述。 值得注意的是，终端设备2600也并不是必须要包括图26中所示的所有部件，上述部件并不是必需的；此外，终端设备2600还可以包括图26中没有示出的部件，可以参考现有技术。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序，其中当在终端设备中执行所述程序时，所述程序使得所述终端设备执行第一或第二或第三或第四方面的实施例所述的信息反馈方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机程序的存储介质，其中所述计算机程序使得终端设备执行第一或第二或第三或第四方面的实施例所述的信息反馈方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序，其中当在网络设备中执行所述程序时，所述程序使得所述网络设备执行第五方面的实施例所述的信息接收方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机程序的存储介质，其中所述计算机程序使得网络设备执行第五方面的实施例所述的信息接收方法。
本申请以上的装置和方法可以由硬件实现，也可以由硬件结合软件实现。本申请涉及这样的计算机可读程序，当该程序被逻辑部件所执行时，能够使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的装置或构成部件，或使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的各种方法或步骤。本申请还涉及用于存储以上程序的存储介质，如硬盘、磁盘、光盘、DVD、flash存储器等。
结合本申请实施例描述的方法/装置可直接体现为硬件、由处理器执行的软件模块或二者组合。例如，图中所示的功能框图中的一个或多个和/或功能框图的一个或多个组合，既可以对应于计算机程序流程的各个软件模块，亦可以对应于各个硬件模块。这些软件模块，可以分别对应于图中所示的各个步骤。这些硬件模块例如可利用现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)将这些软件模块固化而实现。
软件模块可以位于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动磁盘、CD-ROM或者本领域已知的任何其它形式的存储介质。可以将一种存储介质耦接至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息；或者该存储介质可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。该软件模块可以存储在移动终端的存储器中，也可以存储在可插入移动终端的存储卡中。例如，若设备(如移动终端)采用的是较大容量的MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置，则该软件模块可存储在该MEGA-SIM卡或 者大容量的闪存装置中。
针对附图中描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合，可以实现为用于执行本申请所描述功能的通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或者其任意适当组合。针对附图描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合，还可以实现为计算设备的组合，例如，DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、与DSP通信结合的一个或多个微处理器或者任何其它这种配置。
以上结合具体的实施方式对本申请进行了描述，但本领域技术人员应该清楚，这些描述都是示例性的，并不是对本申请保护范围的限制。本领域技术人员可以根据本申请的精神和原理对本申请做出各种变型和修改，这些变型和修改也在本申请的范围内。
关于包括以上实施例的实施方式，还公开下述的附记：
1.一种信息反馈方法，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述终端设备接收用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
所述终端设备发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
2.根据附记1所述的方法，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
3.根据附记2所述的方法，其中，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
4.根据附记1所述的方法，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
5.根据附记1至4任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述终端设备还被配置或激活 了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用时，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同或不同。
6.根据附记5所述的方法，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
7.根据附记5所述的方法，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式不同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
8.根据附记1至7任一项所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备在所述一个或多个PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置上发送所述HARQ反馈信息。
8a.根据附记1至8任一项所述的方法，其中，至少两个DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同，或至少一个DCI调度的PDSCH和所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同。
9.根据附记2至8a任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一PDSCH和/或所述第二PDSCH是实际发送的PDSCH，和/或所述第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH有对应的HARQ进程。
10.根据附记1至9任一项所述的方法，其中，所述至少一个DCI包括第一DCI和/或第二DCI和/或第三DCI，所述第一DCI调度多个PDSCHs，且所述多个PDSCHs包括至少一个对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH和至少一个对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH；所述第二DCI调度多个第二PDSCHs，且所述多个第二PDSCHs都对应HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程，或所述第二DCI调度一个第二PDSCH，所述一个第二PDSCH对应HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程；所述第三DCI 调度多个第一PDSCHs，且所述多个第一PDSCHs都对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程，或所述第三DCI调度一个第一PDSCH，所述一个第一PDSCH对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程。
11.根据附记10所述的方法，其中，在仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
12.根据附记10所述的方法，其中，在仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI时，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果无关。
13.根据附记10所述的方法，其中，在仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，所述第三DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第三DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关。
14.根据附记10所述的方法，其中，在接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或至少一个所述第二DCI，并且还接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
15.根据附记10所述的方法，其中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，或者，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个所述第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述 第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
16.根据附记10所述的方法，其中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关。
17.根据附记10所述的方法，其中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，或者，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个所述第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述SPS PDSCH对应的 HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关。
18.根据附记11至17任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时对应的时域位置之前的预定时间段内，终端设备没有接收到对应所述时域位置的其他DCI时，表示所述终端设备仅接收到所述DCI。
19.一种信息反馈方法，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述终端设备接收的第四下行控制信息(DCI)，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
所述终端设备根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息。
20.根据附记19所述的方法，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI以DCI为粒度计数和/或以PDSCH为粒度计数。
21.根据附记19或20所述的方法，其中，在以DCI为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH中包含至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。
22.根据附记19至21任一项所述的方法，其中，在以DCI为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。
23.根据附记19至21任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH和对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，所述累计DAI信息/或所述总DAI信息统计所述第四DCI。
24.根据附记23所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第四PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关或有关。
25.根据附记24所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
26.根据附记19或20所述的方法，其中，在以PDSCH为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程 是反馈使能的PDSCH。
27.根据附记19或20或26所述的方法，其中，在以PDSCH为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
28.根据附记26或27所述的方法，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
29.根据附记19至28任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送所述HARQ反馈信息。
30.根据附记29所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
31.根据附记29或30所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
32.根据附记31所述的方法，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
33.根据权利要求31或32所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备接收高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
34.根据附记19至33任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH和/或PUSCH。
35.根据附记19至34任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH，所述DCI调度的PDSCH包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
36.根据附记19至33任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI不调度数据传输。
37.根据附记35所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度一个或多个PDSCH，所 述第四DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
HARQ定时
38.一种信息反馈方法，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述终端设备接收用于调度PDSCH的DCI；
所述终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置；
所述终端设备在所述确定的时域位置发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
39.根据附记38所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
40.根据附记39所述的方法，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
41.根据附记39或40所述的方法，其中，所述DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备接收高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
42.一种信息反馈方法，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述终端设备接收PDSCH，所述PDSCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的；
所述终端设备不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
43.根据附记42所述的方法，其中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
44.根据附记43所述的方法，其中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH包括：所述时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应所述时域位置的下行传输。
45.根据附记42所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH，和/或，所述终端设备根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
46.根据附记42或45所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备根据DCI中的C-DAI 和/或T-DAI确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本，和/或，所述终端设备根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
47.根据附记42至46任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
所述终端设备不生成所述PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈码本。
48.根据附记42至47任一项所述的方法，其中，所述PDSCH包括DCI调度的PDSCH和/或SPS PDSCH。
49.根据附记42至48任一项所述的方法，其中，所述PDSCH中的多个PDSCH由同一DCI调度。
50.一种信息接收方法，应用于网络设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述网络设备向终端设备发送用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
51.根据附记50所述的方法，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
52.根据附记51所述的方法，其中，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
53.根据附记50所述的方法，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
54.根据附记50至53任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述终端设备还被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用时，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同或不同。
55.根据附记54所述的方法，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
56.根据附记54所述的方法，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式不同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
57.根据附记49至56任一项所述的方法，其中，所述网络设备在所述一个或多个PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置上接收所述HARQ反馈信息。
58.根据附记50至57任一项所述的方法，其中，至少两个DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同，或至少一个DCI调度的PDSCH和所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同。
59.根据附记51至58任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一PDSCH和/或所述第二PDSCH是实际发送的PDSCH，和/或所述第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH有对应的HARQ进程。
60.一种信息接收方法，应用于网络设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述网络设备向终端设备发送第四DCI，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
所述网络设备接收所述终端设备发送的根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定的HARQ反馈信息。
61.根据附记60所述的方法，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI以DCI为粒度计数和/或以PDSCH为粒度计数
62.根据附记60或61所述的方法，其中，在以DCI为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH 中包含至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。
63.根据附记60至62任一项所述的方法，其中，在以DCI为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。
64.根据附记60至62任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH和对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，所述累计DAI信息/或所述总DAI信息统计所述第四DCI。
65.根据附记64所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第四PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关或有关。
66.根据附记65所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
67.根据附记60或61所述的方法，其中，在以PDSCH为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH。
68.根据附记60或61或67所述的方法，其中，在以PDSCH为粒度计数时，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
69.根据附记67或68所述的方法，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
70.根据附记60至69任一项所述的方法，其中，所述网络设备在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置接收所述HARQ反馈信息。
71.根据附记60所述的方法，其中，用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定的。
72.根据附记60或71所述的方法，其中，用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定的。
73.根据附记72所述的方法，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
74.根据权利要求72或73所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述方法还包括：
所述网路设备向所述终端设备发送高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
75.根据附记60至74任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH和/或PUSCH。
76.根据附记60至75任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH，所述DCI调度的PDSCH包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
77.根据附记60至74任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI不调度数据传输。
78.根据附记76所述的方法，其中，所述第四DCI调度一个或多个PDSCH，所述第四DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
79.一种信息接收方法，应用于网络设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述网络设备发送用于调度PDSCH的DCI；
所述网络设备设备用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置接收所述终端设备发送的所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，所述时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定的。
80.根据附记79所述的方法，其中，所述时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定的。
81.根据附记79所述的方法，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI 调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
82.根据附记79或80所述的方法，其中，所述DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述方法还包括：
所述网络设备发送高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
83.一种终端设备，包括存储器和处理器，所述存储器存储有计算机程序，所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记1至49任一项所述的信息反馈方法。
84.一种网络设备，包括存储器和处理器，所述存储器存储有计算机程序，所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记50至82任一项所述的信息接收方法5。
85.一种通信系统，包括：
附记83所述的终端设备；和/或附记85所述的网络设备。
关于包括以上实施例的实施方式，还公开下述的附记：
1.一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
第一接收单元，其接收用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
第一发送单元，其发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
2.根据附记1所述的装置，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
3.根据附记2所述的装置，其中，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
4.根据附记1所述的装置，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
5.根据附记1至4任一项所述的装置，其中，在所述终端设备还被配置或激活 了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用时，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同或不同。
6.根据附记5所述的装置，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
7.根据附记5所述的装置，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式不同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
8.根据附记1至7任一项所述的装置，其中，所述终端设备在所述一个或多个PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置上发送所述HARQ反馈信息。
8a.根据附记1至8任一项所述的装置，其中，至少两个DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同，或至少一个DCI调度的PDSCH和所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同。
9.根据附记2至8a任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第一PDSCH和/或所述第二PDSCH是实际发送的PDSCH，和/或所述第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH有对应的HARQ进程。
10.根据附记1至9任一项所述的装置，其中，所述至少一个DCI包括第一DCI和/或第二DCI和/或第三DCI，所述第一DCI调度多个PDSCHs，且所述多个PDSCHs包括至少一个对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH和至少一个对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH；所述第二DCI调度多个第二PDSCHs，且所述多个第二PDSCHs都对应HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程，或所述第二DCI调度一个第二PDSCH，所述一个第二PDSCH对应HARQ反馈禁用的HARQ进程；所述第三DCI 调度多个第一PDSCHs，且所述多个第一PDSCHs都对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程，或所述第三DCI调度一个第一PDSCH，所述一个第一PDSCH对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程。
11.根据附记10所述的装置，其中，在所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
12.根据附记10所述的装置，其中，在所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI时，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果无关。
13.根据附记10所述的装置，其中，在所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，所述第三DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第三DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关。
14.根据附记10所述的装置，其中，在所述第一接收单元接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或至少一个所述第二DCI，并且还接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
15.根据附记10所述的装置，其中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，或者，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且所述第一接收单元接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个所述第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述 第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
16.根据附记10所述的装置，其中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈禁用，且所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关。
17.根据附记10所述的装置，其中，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且所述第一接收单元仅接收到至少一个所述第一DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第二DCI或仅接收到至少一个所述第三DCI时，或者，在所述终端设备被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK进程是HARQ反馈使能，且所述第一接收单元接收到至少一个所述第一DCI和/或接收到至少一个所述第二DCI，还接收到至少一个第三DCI时，
所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关；或者，所述第一PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第二PDSCH 的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关。
18.根据附记11至17任一项所述的装置，其中，在所述DCI对应的HARQ反馈定时对应的时域位置之前的预定时间段内，所述第一接收单元没有接收到对应所述时域位置的其他DCI时，表示所述终端设备仅接收到所述DCI。
19.一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
第二接收单元，其接收的第四下行控制信息(DCI)，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
第一确定单元，其根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息。
20.根据附记19所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI以DCI为粒度计数和/或以PDSCH为粒度计数。
21.根据附记19或20所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH中包含至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。
22.根据附记19至21任一项所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。
23.根据附记19至21任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH和对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，所述累计DAI信息/或所述总DAI信息统计所述第四DCI。
24.根据附记23所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第四PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关或有关。
25.根据附记24所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
26.根据附记19或20所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI 信息针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH。
27.根据附记19或20或26所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
28.根据附记26或27所述的装置，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
29.根据附记19至28任一项所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
第二发送单元，其在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送所述HARQ反馈信息。
30.根据附记29所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
第二确定单元，其根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
31.根据附记29或30所述的装置，其中，所述第二确定单元根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
32.根据附记31所述的装置，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
33.根据附记31或32所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第三接收单元，其接收高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
34.根据附记19至33任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH和/或PUSCH。
35.根据附记19至34任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH，所述DCI调度的PDSCH包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
36.根据附记19至33任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI不调度数据传输。
37.根据附记35所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度一个或多个PDSCH，所述第四DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
38.一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
第四接收单元，其接收用于调度PDSCH的DCI；
第三确定单元，根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置；
第二发送单元，其在所述确定的时域位置发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。
39.根据附记38所述的装置，其中，所述第三确定单元根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置。
40.根据附记39所述的装置，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
41.根据附记39或40所述的装置，其中，所述DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第五接收单元，其接收高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
42.一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
第六接收单元，其接收PDSCH，所述PDSCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的；
处理单元，其不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
43.根据附记42所述的装置，其中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
44.根据附记43所述的装置，其中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH包括：所述时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应所述时域位置的下行传输。
45.根据附记42所述的装置，其中，所述处理单元根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH，和/或，根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
46.根据附记42或45所述的装置，其中，所述处理单元根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本，和/或，根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定不在所述PDSCH对应的 用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
47.根据附记42至46任一项所述的装置，其中，所述处理单元不生成所述PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈码本。
48.根据附记42至47任一项所述的装置，其中，所述PDSCH包括DCI调度的PDSCH和/或SPS PDSCH。
49.根据附记42至48任一项所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
所述PDSCH中的多个PDSCH由同一DCI调度。
50.一种信息接收装置，应用于网络设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
第三发送单元，其向终端设备发送用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
第七接收单元，其接收所述终端设备发送的针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
51.根据附记50所述的装置，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
52.根据附记51所述的装置，其中，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
53.根据附记50所述的装置，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
54.根据附记50至53任一项所述的装置，其中，在所述终端设备还被配置或激活了SPS，且所述SPS的PDSCH(SPS PDSCH)对应的HARQ进程是HARQ反馈禁用时，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同或不同。
55.根据附记54所述的装置，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应 的HARQ反馈信息确定方式相同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
56.根据附记54所述的装置，其中，所述SPS PDSCH和所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息确定方式不同包括：所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果相关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述SPS PDSCH的解码结果无关，且所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
57.根据附记49至56任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第七接收单元在所述一个或多个PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置上接收所述HARQ反馈信息。
58.根据附记50至57任一项所述的装置，其中，至少两个DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同，或至少一个DCI调度的PDSCH和所述SPS PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息的所述反馈时域位置相同。
59.根据附记51至58任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第一PDSCH和/或所述第二PDSCH是实际发送的PDSCH，和/或所述第一PDSCH和/或第二PDSCH有对应的HARQ进程。
60.一种信息接收装置，应用于网络设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
第四发送单元，其向终端设备发送第四DCI，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
第八接收单元，其接收所述终端设备发送的根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定的HARQ反馈信息。
61.根据附记60所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI以DCI为粒度计数和/或以PDSCH为粒度计数
62.根据附记60或61所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH中包含至少一个对应的 HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。
63.根据附记60至62任一项所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。
64.根据附记60至62任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH和对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，所述累计DAI信息/或所述总DAI信息统计所述第四DCI。
65.根据附记64所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第四PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关或有关。
66.根据附记65所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关包括所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息是NACK。
67.根据附记60或61所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH。
68.根据附记60或61或67所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
69.根据附记67或68所述的装置，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
70.根据附记60至69任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第八接收单元在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置接收所述HARQ反馈信息。
71.根据附记60所述的装置，其中，用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定的。
72.根据附记60或71所述的装置，其中，用于发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH 所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定的。
73.根据附记72所述的装置，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
74.根据附记72或73所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第五发送单元，其向所述终端设备发送高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
75.根据附记60至74任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH和/或PUSCH。
76.根据附记60至75任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI用于调度PDSCH，所述DCI调度的PDSCH包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
77.根据附记60至74任一项所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI不调度数据传输。
78.根据附记76所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度一个或多个PDSCH，所述第四DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
79.一种信息接收装置，应用于网络设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
第六发送单元，其发送用于调度PDSCH的DCI；
第七发送单元，在用于发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置接收所述终端设备发送的所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息，所述时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置确定的。
80.根据附记79所述的装置，其中，所述时域位置是根据所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和HARQ反馈定时确定的。
81.根据附记79所述的装置，其中，所述HARQ反馈定时指示所述DCI调度的最后一个对应HARQ反馈使能的HARQ进程的PDSCH所在时域位置和发送所述DCI调度的PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息的时域位置之间的时域偏移。
82.根据附记79或80所述的装置，其中，所述DCI包括第一信息域，所述第一 信息域用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时，或者，所述装置还包括：
第八发送单元，其发送高层信令，所述高层信令用于指示所述HARQ反馈定时。
83.一种信息反馈方法，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
所述终端设备接收调度PDSCH的DCI；
所述终端设备接收PDSCH；
所述终端设备根据所述DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定需要在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
84.一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
接收单元，其接收调度PDSCH的DCI和接收PDSCH；
确定单元，根据所述DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定需要在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。

Claims (20)

  1. 一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    第一接收单元，其接收用于调度物理下行共享信道(PDSCH)的至少一个下行控制信息(DCI)，所述DCI调度一个或多个PDSCHs，其中，所述一个或多个PDSCH中包括至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的或是反馈禁用的PDSCH；
    第一发送单元，其发送针对一个或多个PDSCHSs的HARQ反馈信息。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的装置，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH时，所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关，或所述第二PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果相关。
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的装置，其中，在所述DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应HARQ进程是反馈使能的第一PDSCH时，所述第一PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第一PDSCH的解码结果相关。
  4. 一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    第二接收单元，其接收的第四下行控制信息(DCI)，所述第四DCI包括累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息；
    第一确定单元，其根据所述累计DAI信息和/或总DAI信息确定HARQ反馈信息。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对用于调度PDSCH的DCI仅计入调度的PDSCH中包含至少一个对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH的DCI。
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计调度的PDSCH中仅包含对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH的DCI。
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中包括对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH和对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH，所述累计DAI信息/或所述总DAI信息统计所述第四DCI。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ过程是反馈使能的第四PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第四PDSCH的解码结果相关，所述第四DCI调度的PDSCH中对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的第二PDSCH 对应的HARQ反馈信息与所述第二PDSCH的解码结果无关或有关。
  9. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息针对DCI调度的PDSCH仅统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈使能的PDSCH。
  10. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述累计DAI信息和/或所述总DAI信息不统计对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的PDSCH。
  11. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
    第二发送单元，其在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈信息的时域位置发送所述HARQ反馈信息。
  12. 根据权利要求4所述的装置，其中，所述第四DCI调度一个或多个PDSCH，所述第四DCI应用的PDSCH时域资源分配表支持通过一个DCI调度多个PDSCHs。
  13. 一种信息反馈装置，应用于终端设备，其特征在于，所述装置包括：
    第六接收单元，其接收PDSCH，所述PDSCH对应的HARQ进程是反馈禁用的；
    处理单元，其不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的装置，其中，所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH包括：所述时域位置的预定时间之前没有其他对应所述时域位置的下行传输。
  16. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述处理单元根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH，和/或，根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定所述时域位置仅对应所述PDSCH。
  17. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述处理单元根据DCI中的C-DAI和/或T-DAI确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本，和/或，根据SPS配置和/或激活状态确定不在所述PDSCH对应的用于发送HARQ反馈码本的时域位置发送HARQ反馈码本。
  18. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述处理单元不生成所述PDSCH对应的HARQ反馈码本。
  19. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述PDSCH包括DCI调度的PDSCH和/或SPS PDSCH。
  20. 根据权利要求13所述的装置，其中，所述装置还包括：
    所述PDSCH中的多个PDSCH由同一DCI调度。
PCT/CN2021/122477 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 信息反馈方法以及装置 WO2023050436A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/122477 WO2023050436A1 (zh) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 信息反馈方法以及装置
CN202180102845.XA CN118057969A (zh) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 信息反馈方法以及装置

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/122477 WO2023050436A1 (zh) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 信息反馈方法以及装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023050436A1 true WO2023050436A1 (zh) 2023-04-06

Family

ID=85781227

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/122477 WO2023050436A1 (zh) 2021-09-30 2021-09-30 信息反馈方法以及装置

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN118057969A (zh)
WO (1) WO2023050436A1 (zh)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112204908A (zh) * 2020-08-03 2021-01-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Harq反馈的处理方法及装置、存储介质
CN112511275A (zh) * 2020-09-28 2021-03-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 反馈码本生成、接收方法、通信节点及存储介质
US20210258104A1 (en) * 2020-02-13 2021-08-19 Apple Inc. Harq design for wireless communications

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20210258104A1 (en) * 2020-02-13 2021-08-19 Apple Inc. Harq design for wireless communications
CN112204908A (zh) * 2020-08-03 2021-01-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Harq反馈的处理方法及装置、存储介质
CN112511275A (zh) * 2020-09-28 2021-03-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 反馈码本生成、接收方法、通信节点及存储介质

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
OPPO: "Discussion on HARQ enhancement", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2100158, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210125 - 20210205, 18 January 2021 (2021-01-18), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051970276 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN118057969A (zh) 2024-05-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111918349B (zh) Wtru及其实施的方法
US11316637B2 (en) Physical resource block allocation of physical downlink control and data channels
WO2020220290A1 (zh) 边链路数据的发送和接收方法以及装置
US20190342839A1 (en) Uplink Channel Power Allocation Method and Apparatus
WO2018227600A1 (zh) 反馈信息的发送和接收方法、装置以及通信系统
JP2023081914A (ja) 無線通信のための方法
JP7371761B2 (ja) 信号送信方法、装置及びシステム
WO2019242710A1 (zh) 生成混合自动重传请求harq信息的方法和装置
US11705992B2 (en) Infrastructure equipment, wireless telecommunications system and method
CN108370562B (zh) 一种跨载波调度方法、反馈方法及装置
US20220077963A1 (en) Uplink harq in cellular wireless communication networks
WO2022150937A1 (zh) 用于接收数据的方法与装置和用于发送数据的方法与装置
US20230189244A1 (en) Semi-persistent schedule feedback method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
US20190297647A1 (en) Single cell point-to-multipoint feedback
EP3944538B1 (en) Triggered hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement reporting for downlink semi-persistent scheduling data transmission
WO2023050436A1 (zh) 信息反馈方法以及装置
WO2023010494A1 (zh) 数据调度方法、数据发送方法以及装置
WO2020061914A1 (zh) 反馈信息的传输装置及方法
WO2023050429A1 (zh) 数据调度方法、信息发送方法以及装置
WO2023151048A1 (zh) 信息反馈方法以及装置
WO2023010581A1 (zh) 信息反馈方法、信息接收方法以及装置
WO2019028775A1 (zh) 反馈信息的发送和接收方法、装置及通信系统
WO2023150985A1 (zh) 信息反馈方法、信息接收方法以及装置
WO2023077387A1 (zh) 信号发送方法、信号接收方法和装置
WO2023205949A1 (en) Methods for new data indicator (ndi) field alignment for reliable reception of multicast traffic

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21959002

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1